Mbbs 3rd Year Part 1

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 364

Contents

COMMUNITY MEDICINE ......................................................................................................... 2


FORENSIC MEDICINE & TOXICOLOGY ................................................................................... 24
GENERAL MEDICINE ............................................................................................................ 54
PAEDIATRICS ...................................................................................................................... 86
DERMATOLOGY, VENEREOLOGY AND LEPROSY ................................................................. 153
RESPIRATORY MEDICINE ................................................................................................... 176
CASUALTY ......................................................................................................................... 186
PSYCHIATRY ..................................................................................................................... 192
OPHTHALMOLOGY ............................................................................................................. 218
OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY ................................................................................................. 241
OBSTETRICS & GYNAECOLOGY .......................................................................................... 271
GENERAL SURGERY........................................................................................................... 295
ORTHOPEDICS AND TRAUMA ............................................................................................. 313
RADIODIAGNOSIS .............................................................................................................. 328
ANAESTHESIA ................................................................................................................... 338
DENTISTRY ....................................................................................................................... 349

1
COMMUNITY MEDICINE

1. GOAL
Broad goal of teaching undergraduate medical students is to prepare the students to
function effectively as Community and Primary Care Physician.

2. OBJECTIVES

i. KNOWLEDGE
The student shall be able to:
1. Enumerate the principles and practice of medicine in hospital and community
setting.
2. Describe the natural history and role of agent, host and environmental factors
in health and disease.
3. Describe the concepts of community health and levels of health care with
related health interventions.
4. Explain the principles of sociology and identify social factors related to health,
disease and disability.
5. Describe and analyse the role of socio-cultural beliefs in health and disease
and their impact on individuals, family, and community.
6. Describe the elements of normal psychology and social psychology.
7. Describe the various health education and effective communication methods.
8. Describe the demographic pattern of the country and its relation to health.
9. Describe vital statistics and various methods used to collect the vital statistics
in India.
10. Describe the health care delivery system in India
11. Describe the organizations and functions of primary health centre, community
health centre and district level health centre.
12. Describe uses and interpretation of basic bio-statistical data.
13. Describe the basics of research in medical field.

2
ii. SKILLS
At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
1. Practice principles of medicine in hospital and community settings.
2. Interpret health and illness behaviour at individual and community level.
3. Demonstrate art of communication with patients including history taking and
role of socio-cultural aspects of diseases.
4. Formulate a research plan to undertake projects funded by ICMR, other
universities and funding agencies.
5. Demonstration of various government agencies involved in delivery of health
care services to the community.

iii. ATTITUDE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS

At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:


1. Demonstrate ability to communicate to patients in a patient, respectful, non-
threatening, non- judgmental and empathetic manner.
2. Counsel individuals, families and communities regarding how to stay healthy,
what they can individually and collectively do to maintain health and when to
seek help.
3. Demonstrate an understanding of national and regional health care policies
including the National Health Mission (NHM), frameworks, economics and
systems that influence health promotion, health care delivery, disease
prevention, effectiveness, responsiveness, quality and patient safety.
4. Demonstrate an understanding of role of health care team, functions of
members of such a team as well as demonstrate ability to function as a leader
at the primary care level.
5. Demonstrates an understanding of notifiable diseases, international health
regulations, prevention and control of diseases of public health importance.
6. Demonstrate ability to provide a continuum of care at the primary and/or
secondary level that addresses chronicity, mental and physical disability and
appropriately identify and refer patients who may require specialized or
advanced tertiary care.

3
iv. INTEGRATION
The knowledge acquired in Community Medicine should help the students to
understand the impact of environment, society and National Health priorities as
they relate to the promotion of health and prevention as well as cure of disease.

3. TEACHING HOURS AND COURSE CONTENT

A. Total Teaching hours:

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Theory
No Hours
1 Large group teaching (Lecture / Integrated Teaching) 40
2 Small group teaching (SGT): SGD/Tutorials/Seminars/Practicals 60
3 Self-directed Learning( SDL) 05
TOTAL 105

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Practicals
No weeks
1 Bedside clinics/field visits 6
TOTAL

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method
No Hours
1 AETCOM 5
2 Pandemic module 18
3 Skill lab
TOTAL

4
B. Course contents
i. THEORY
Large group
Sl. Topic/ System: (With Competency Number) core/ teaching No. of
No. non-core competency domain K Hours=40
LEVEL K/KH,
1 Concept of health and disease (CM 1.7) Core:
 Health indicators K / KH 1
2 Relationship of social and behavioral factors to
health and disease (CM 2.5)
 Poverty and social security measures and its K / KH 1
relationship with health and disease
3 Environment & Health (CM 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5)
Core:
 Water – safe and wholesome water, sanitary K / KH 1
sources, water pollution, conservation
 Purification of water – large scale & small K / KH 1
scale K / KH 1
 Air & air pollution, health hazards due to K / KH 1
pollution K / KH 1
 Solid waste management, Excreta & sewage
disposal
 Housing standards and effect of housing on
health
4 Biostatistics (CM 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4)
Core:
 Selection & formulation of Research K / KH 1
question
 Data collection, types of data, Sampling S / SH 1
 Presentation of data, Normal distribution S/ SH 1
 Measures of central tendency & dispersion S/ SH 1
 Tests of significance & their interpretation S/ SH 1

5 Demography and vital statistics (CM 9.6)


 National Population Policy K / KH 1

5
6 Reproductive, maternal and child health (CM 10.1,
10.2, 10.3, 10.5, 10.7, 10.8)
Core:
 Maternal health problems, screening for
common health problems and local customs
and practices during pregnancy, childbirth, K / KH 1
lactation and child feeding affecting
maternal health.
 Child health problems, screening for
common health problems and local customs K / KH 1
and practices during pregnancy, childbirth,
lactation and child feeding affecting child
health.
 Maternal and Child Health (MCH) service K / KH 2
delivery, MCH indicators and their current
status, Maternal mortality
 Mortality in infancy & childhood K / KH 1
 Universal Immunization Program and IMNCI K / KH 1
 School health services, behavioral problems,
juvenile delinquency K / KH 1
 Children in difficult situations, Handicapped
child, Prevention, International Classification K / KH 1
Functionality, Disability and Health
 Adolescent health – physiology, clinical
management and principles including ARSH. K / KH 1
 Basis and principles of Family Welfare
Program including organizational, technical K / KH 1
and operational aspects.
7 Occupational health (CM 11.1, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4)
Core:
 Occupational health hazards – types, K / KH 1
presenting features
 Occupational diseases – classification, lead
poisoning, occupational cancer, K / KH 1
occupational dermatitis, radiation hazards,
accidents in industries.

6
 Principles of ergonomics and prevention of K / KH 1
occupational diseases – medical,
engineering & legal measures including
employees state insurance scheme
8 Geriatric services (CM 12.1, 12.2, 12.3, 12.4)
 Concept of geriatric services, Health K / KH 1
problems of aged population and its
prevention, National program for health care
of the elderly
9 Disaster management (CM 13.1, 13.2, 13.3, 13.4)
Core:
 Definition of disaster, types of disaster and K / KH 1
disaster management cycle 1
 Manmade disaster K / KH 1
 National Disaster Management Authority K / KH
10 Mental Health (CM 15.1, 15.2, 15.3) Core:
 Concept of mental health - types of mental
illnesses, causes, warning signals & K / KH 1
prevention
 National Mental Health Program K / KH 1
Non core:
 Substance abuse K / KH 1
11 Health planning and management (CM 16.1, 16.2)
 Concept of health planning and planning K / KH 1
cycle
12 International health (CM 18.1, 18.2) Core:
 Concept of international health, UN
organizations K / KH 1
 Bilateral agencies, NGO K / KH 1
13 Recent advances in Community Medicine (CM 20.1,
20.3, 20.4) Core:
 Public health events of last five years
 Public health legislations K / KH 1
 Ayushmann Bharat & Swachh Bharat K / KH 1
 Urban health K / KH 1
K / KH 1

7
Small group
teaching
Sl. Topic/ System: (With Competency Number) core/ domain No. of
No. non-core competency K/S/A Hours=24
Level
K/KH/S/SH,
1 Relationship of social and behavioral factors to
health and disease (CM 2.2)
 Role of socio-cultural factors in health and S / SH 1
disease S / SH 1
 Types of family and its role in health and
disease
2 Environment and health (CM 3.6)
 Role of vectors in causation of diseases and K / KH 2
National Vector Borne Disease Control
Program
3 Nutrition (CM 5.6)
 National Nutrition Policy, Iodine Deficiency
Disorders Program, National Nutritional K / KH 2
Programs and ICDS
4 Epidemiology of communicable and non-
communicable diseases (CM 8.3)
 National Tuberculosis Elimination Program K / KH 2
 National Leprosy Eradication Program K / KH 1
 National Program for Control of Blindness K / KH 1
 National Program for Prevention and Control
of Cancer, Diabetes, Cardiovascular K / KH 1
Diseases and Stroke.
4 Principles of health promotion and education (CM
4.2) K / KH 1
 Organizing health promotion, education and
counselling activities at individual, family
and community settings

8
5 Reproductive, maternal and child health (CM 10.4)
 RCH and RMNCH+A K / KH 3
6 Occupational health (CM 11.1, 11.3, 11.5)
 Occupational disorders of health K / KH 1
professionals, prevention & management.
 Pneumoconiosis, occupational hazards of
K / KH 1
agricultural workers
7 Hospital waste management (CM 14.1, 14.2)
 Hospital waste – definition & classification, K / KH 1
categories, segregation, collection,
treatment, processing & disposal
8 Health planning and management (CM 16.3, 16.4)
 Health management techniques K / KH 1
 Health planning in India, National policies K / KH 1
related to health and health planning
9 Health care of the community (CM 17.4, 17.5)
 Millennium Development Goals and K / KH 1
Sustainable Development Goals
 Health care delivery in India K / KH 1
 National Urban Health Mission K / KH 1
 National Rural Health Mission K / KH 1

Self-directed
Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) learning No. of
No. core/ non-core competency domain K/S/A Hours=5
Level K/KH
1 Environment & Health (CM 3.1) K / KH 1
 Effect of Noise and radiation on health
2 Reproductive, maternal and child health (CM
10.9) K / KH 1
 Gender issues & women empowerment
3 Occupational health (CM 11.1, 11.3)
 Health problems due to industrialisation K / KH 1
and sickness absenteeism

9
4 Hospital waste management (CM 14.3)
 Laws related to hospital waste K / KH 1
management
5 International health (CM 18.1, 18.2)
 International health regulations K / KH 1

ii. PRACTICAL
Sl. Topic with competency number Bedside Teaching
No. Clinics/DOAP/field visits Hours
Domain / Level (total = 36)
1 Water quality – criteria & Demonstration 2
standards, surveillance, K / KH
hardness of water (CM 3.2)
2 Indices of thermal comfort & Demonstration 2
meteorology (CM 3.1) K / KH
3 Life cycle of vectors of public Demonstration 8
health importance and their S / SH
control measures (CM 3.7)
4 Mode of action, application Demonstration 2
cycle of commonly used K / KH
insecticides & rodenticides (CM
3.8)
5 Protective devices to prevent Demonstration 2
occupational health hazards K /KH
(CM 11.3)
6 Growth & development, usage Demonstration 2
of growth chart to screen PEM K /KH
(CM 10.2)
7 Family planning devices (CM Demonstration 2
10.6) K / KH
8 Selection & formulation of Demonstration 2
Research question, Data S / SH
collection, types of data,
Sampling (CM 6.1, 6.4)
9 Presentation of data (I & II), Demonstration 4
Normal distribution (CM 6.2) S /SH

10
10 Measures of central tendency & Demonstration 2
dispersion (CM 6.4) S /SH
11 Tests of significance & their Demonstration 4
interpretation (I & II) (CM 6.3) S/ SH
12 Vital & Population statistics Demonstration 4
(CM 9.2) S/ SH

BEDSIDE CLINICS

Sl. Topic with competency number Bedside No. of


No. Clinics/DOAP/field weeks = 6
visits Teaching
Domain / Level Hours
(total = 108)
1. Visit to water treatment plant to Field visits 3
understand the process of water K / KH
purification (CM 3.2)
2. Visit to sewage treatment plant to Field visits 3
understand sewage disposal (CM 3.4) K / KH
3. Performance of clinico-socio-cultural Demonstration 3
and demographic assessment of S / SH
individual, family and community (CM
2.1)
4. Assessment of socioeconomic status in Demonstration 3
a simulated environment (CM 2.2) S / SH
5. Types of family and role of family in Demonstration 3
health and disease (CM 2.2) S / SH
6. Role of socio-cultural factors in health Demonstration 3
and disease (CM 2.2) S / SH
7. Standards of housing and effect of Demonstration 3
housing on health (CM3.5) K / KH
8. Nutritional assessment of individuals, Demonstration 3
families and community by using the S / SH
appropriate method
9. Interventions at various levels of Demonstration 3
prevention (CM 1.5) K / KH

11
10. Clinico-socio-cultural and demographic Demonstration 6
assessment of an antenatal woman (CM S / SH
2.1, 2.2, 10.2)
11. Clinico-socio-cultural and demographic Demonstration 6
assessment of a postnatal woman (CM S / SH
2.1, 2.2, 10.2)
12. Clinico-socio-cultural and demographic Demonstration 6
assessment of an under-five child with S / SH
protein energy malnutrition (CM 2.1, 2.2,
10.2)
13. Clinico-socio-cultural and demographic Demonstration 6
assessment of an under-five child with S / SH
acute respiratory infection (CM 2.1, 2.2,
10.2, CM 8.1, 8.5, 8.6)
14. Clinico-socio-cultural and demographic Demonstration 6
assessment of an under-five child with S / SH
diarrhoea (CM 2.1, 2.2, 10.2, CM 8.1, 8.5,
8.6, CM 3.3)
15. Clinico-socio-cultural and demographic Demonstration 6
assessment of an individual with Fever S / SH
under evaluation/ Vector borne disease
(CM 2.1, 2.2, 3.6, 8.1, 8.5, 8.6)
16. Clinico-socio-cultural and demographic Demonstration 6
assessment of an individual with HIV S / SH
(CM 2.1, 2.2, 8.1, 8.5, 8.6)
17. Clinico-socio-cultural and demographic Demonstration 6
assessment of an individual with Viral S / SH
Hepatitis (CM 2.1, 2.2, 8.1, 8.5, 8.6)
18. Clinico-socio-cultural and demographic Demonstration 6
assessment of an individual with S / SH
Tuberculosis (CM 2.1, 2.2, 8.1, 8.5, 8.6)
19. Clinico-socio-cultural and demographic Demonstration 6
assessment of an individual with S / SH
Leprosy (CM 2.1, 2.2, 8.1, 8.5, 8.6)
20. Clinico-socio-cultural and demographic Demonstration 6
assessment of an individual with S / SH
Hypertension (CM 2.1, 2.2, 8.2)
12
21. Clinico-socio-cultural and demographic Demonstration 6
assessment of an individual with S / SH
Diabetes Mellitus (CM 2.1, 2.2, 8.2)
22. Clinico-socio-cultural and demographic Demonstration 6
assessment of an individual with Cancer S / SH
(CM 2.1, 2.2, 8.2)
23. End of posting case presentation 3

CERTIFIABLE SKILLS:
None enlisted in UG curriculum vol II

iii. AETCOM,

Small group
Sl. No. AETCOM Module Number Lectures [hours] No. of Hours
[hours]

PANDEMIC MODULE

No. of
Small
Sl. Lectures Hours
PANDEMIC MODULE No. group
No. [hours] 18
[hours]
hours
1 3.1 Outbreak management including 2 3 5
quarantine, isolation, contact tracing
2 3.2 Interdisciplinary collaboration, Principles 3 2 5
of Public Health Administration, Health
Economics
3 3.3 Operational Research, field work, 3 5 8
surveillance

13
4. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Eligibility criteria:
 Learners must secure at least 50% marks of total marks (combined in theory and
practical; not less than 40% marks in theory and practical separately) assigned for
internal assessment in order to be eligible for appearing at the University
examination.
 Student should get a minimum of 75% attendance in Theory and 80 % in Practical
classes to be eligible to appear for university examination.
 Learners must have completed the required certifiable competencies and
completed the log book.

FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT

THEORY INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:


 A minimum of 2 Internal Assessments (IAs) to be conducted
 One of the internal exams will be conducted like preliminary exams
 Learners who have not completed the required number of internal assessment
exams for genuine reasons will be given a chance of remediation
 Formative assessment marks shall be calculated based on scoring in written tests
and AETCOM modules.
 Formative assessment: based on day to day assessment of SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/
Tutorials/ Seminars/ Assignments [records of activities used for assessment to be
maintained by the department]
 Written exams will include MCQ’s[MCQs not exceeding 20%]/Structured Long Essay
Questions/Short essay questions/Short Answer questions
 30%of marks will be for higher order thinking
 Content under Noncore category cannot be assessed in Summative assessments.
However, the same can be assessed in Formative assessments.

14
The distribution of internal assessment marks shall be as mentioned below:

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY MEDICINE


Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3-1 Final
THEORY
IA-1 IA-2 IA-3 IA-4 IA-5 IA-6 Total
Theory# 30 25 30 25 50 75
Written MCQ 10 10 10 10 10 20
AETCOM* -- 05 -- 05 -- 05
Formative
assessment:
SDL/Class
tests/ MCQs/ 05 05 05 05 10 10
FA
Tutorials/
Seminars/
Assignments
Logbook 05 05 05 05 10 10
Total 50 50 50 50 80 120 400
FINAL THEORY IA MARKS = 100 (final total divided by 4)
* To be included as a question in theory paper
# Pandemic module to be included in theory exam
IA-6 is Preliminary exam and hence to be conducted as two theory papers of 100 marks
each, and average of both papers is used for tabulation

PRACTICAL INTERNAL ASSESSMENT


 Clinical end posting exams [EOP] will be conducted
 Viva/oral examination should assess approach to clinical context and included in
practical IA marks.

15
Practicals:

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY MEDICINE


Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 2 Phase 3-1 Final
PRACTICAL
4wk posting 6wk posting Total
Clinical & Practical skills
assessment
(OSCE/OSPE/ Mini-CEX/ 50 90
EOP/
Case presentation/
Practical
AETCOM)
Viva-voce (may include
10 10
AETCOM)
Formative assessment 10 10
Others
Logbook/ Record book 10 10
Total 80 120 200
FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS = 100 (final total divided by 2)
At least one EOP is to be conducted with OSCE as a part of it.
AETCOM may be included as an OSCE station or as a part of viva-voce during EOP, if it
needs to be assessed in practical (Refer competency booklet & AETCOM module)
* Only if applicable
PRACTICAL & EOP TOGETHER

16
Blue-printing of internal assessments in Community Medicine

Number of questions
IA-6
BLUEPRINT
IA-1 IA-2* IA-3 IA-4* IA-5 Preliminary Exam*
Paper 1 Paper 2
MCQ
10 10 10 10 10 20 20
(1 mark each)
Structured Long
Essay 00 00 01 01 01 02 02
(10 marks each)
Short Essay
04 04 02 02 04 08 08
(5 marks each)
Short Answer
05 05 05 05 10 10 10
(2 marks each)
Total
40 40 40 40 60 100 100
(in marks)
*AETCOM should have a weightage of 5 marks

B. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:
Community medicine is learnt and assessed during professional years [PY] 1, 2 and 3
part 1. SA will be held at the end of 3rd professional year part 1.

Pass criteria:
 University Theory Exam – Student should secure at least 50% marks in theory to
pass.
 University Practical Exam – Student shall secure at least 50% marks (including Viva-
voce) to pass
 Student shall secure at least 50% of the total marks (combined in theory and
practical) assigned for internal assessment in order to be declared successful at the
final university of that subject.
 Internal assessment will appear as a separate head of passing at summative exams

17
 A candidate, who has not secured requisite aggregate in the internal assessment has
to successfully complete the remediation measures prescribed by the University as
the case may be prior to the declaration of his/her results in that particular phase.
Candidates who fail to meet prescribed 50% marks in internal assessment after
availing remedial measures will not be eligible for the university exams.

MARKS DISTRBUTION FOR UNIVERSITY SUMMATIVE EXAMIATION

THEORY THEORY PRACTICAL total


TOTAL
Written paper MCQ’s Practical Viva
Paper 1 80 20 100 80 20 100
Paper 2 80 20 100
Total marks 200 Total marks 100

Time: 3 hours for theory paper

The pattern of questions in theory paper shall be as mentioned below:

Number of Maximum Marks


Type of Question Total
Questions for each question

Structured Long essay questions


2 10 20
(SLEQ)

Short essay questions (SEQ)


05
(Includes case vignette-based 8 40
questions)

Short answer questions (SAQ) 10 02 20

Multiple Choice Questions (MCQs) 20 01 20

Total marks 100

18
The question papers shall be based on the blue print of question paper setting.

Blueprint for the theory examinations (For use by the question paper setter)

Weight
Weightage age of
of marks marks MCQs SLEQs SEQs SAQs
as per as per 1 10 5 2 Total
PAPER TOPICS
SDMU SDMU mark marks marks marks Marks*
guidelines guidelin each each each each
Paper 1 es
Paper 2
Man, and 1
medicine
0.01
towards health
for all
Concept of 7
health and 0.07
disease
Principles of 11
epidemiology
and 0.11
epidemiologic
methods
Screening 0.11 11
Millennium 7
development
goals to
0.07
sustainable
development
goals
Medicine and 5
0.05
social sciences
Nutrition and 11
0.11
health
Environment 11
0.11
and health
19
Occupational 4
0.04
health
Hospital waste 7
0.07
management
Communication 11
for health 0.11 (includes
education AETCOM)
Health 7
information and
0.07
basic medical
statistics
Essential and 7
counterfeit 0.07
medicines
Epidemiology 0.14 14
of
communicable
diseases
Epidemiology 0.14 14
of chronic non-
communicable
diseases and
conditions
Health 0.09 9
programs in
India
Demography 0.09 9
and family
planning
Preventive 0.14 14
medicine in
obstetrics
pediatrics and
geriatrics
Mental health 0.03 3
Genetics and 0.03 3
health
20
Tribal health in 0.03 3
India
Health planning 0.09 9
and
management
Health care of 0.09 10
the community (includes
AETCOM)
Disaster 0.09 9
management
International 0.03 3
health
MCQs 20 20
AETCOM SEQ SEQ
Case Case
vignette vignette
based based
05 05
TOTAL 100 100

*Total marks include MCQs.


The weightage of marks allotted for each topic shall be strictly adhered to while setting
a question paper. A minimum OF 10% and up to a maximum of 30% marks shall be
allocated to assess the higher order thinking of the learner.
The questions framed shall be with appropriate verbs without any ambiguity or overlap.

However, a strict division of the subject may not be possible and some overlapping of
topics is inevitable. Students should be prepared to answer overlapping topics.

PRACTICAL SUMMATIVE EXAMINTION: TOTAL 100 MARKS

1. Clinico-social case – 35 marks


2. Problems – 35 marks
3. Spotters – 10 marks
4. Viva Voce: 20 marks

21
5. INTEGRATION:

Competency list for integration


SL Comp Competency to be nesting/ Integrating department
No. integrated sharing/ Horizontal Vertical
aligning
/correlation

Maternal health Obstetrics


problems, screening for and
common health problems Gynecology

CM and local customs and


1 10.2, practices during ----
10.3 pregnancy, childbirth,
lactation and child
feeding affecting
maternal health.
Child health problems, Pediatrics
screening for common
health problems and local
CM customs and practices
2 10.2, ----
during pregnancy,
10.3
childbirth, lactation and
child feeding affecting
child health.
Concept of geriatric General
CM services, Health problems Medicine
12.1, of aged population and
3 ----
12.2, its prevention, National
12.3 program for health care
of the elderly
National Mental Health Psychiatry
4 CM 15.3 ----
Program

22
RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS, REFERENCE BOOKS AND ATLAS

Textbooks
1. Park JE, Park K, Text Book of Preventive & Social Medicine, 25th Ed., M/S
Banarsidas Bhanot, Jabalpur, India.
2. Suryakantha AH, Community Medicine With Recent Advances 5th Ed., Jaypee
Brothers Medical Publishers, New Delhi, India.
3. Kishore J, National Health Programmes of India , 12thEd., Century Publications,
New Delhi, India.

Reference books
1. Sunder Lal, Adarsh, Pankaj. Textbook of Community Medicine, 5 th Ed., CBS
Publishers, New Delhi, India.
2. Mahajan BK, Methods in Biostatistics for Medical Student and Research Workers,
8th Ed., Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers, New Delhi, India.
3. Kadri AM, IAPSM ‘s Textbook of Community Medicine 1st Edition, Jaypee Brothers
Medical Publishers, New Delhi, India
4. Mahabalaraju DK, Essentials of Community Medicine Practicals, 2nd Ed., Jaypee
Brothers Medical Publishers, New Delhi, IndiaWallace RB, Public Health and
Preventive Medicine, 15th Ed., McGraw-Hill Medical Publishers, USA.
5. Roger D, Robert B, Mary AL, Martin G, Oxford Textbook of Public Health, 5th Ed.,
Oxford University Press, USA
6. Gordis L, Epidemiology, 5th Ed., Elsevier Saunders publication, Philadelphia.
7. Sathe PV, Sathe AP, Epidemiology & Management for Health Care for All, 3 rd Ed.,
Popular Prakashan Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai, India.

*******

23
FORENSIC MEDICINE & TOXICOLOGY

1. GOAL
i. To facilitate the IMG to achieve the expected competency in the subject
of Forensic Medicine.
ii. To inculcate research attitude amongst IMGs in the field of Forensic
Medicine.

2. OBJECTIVES
2.1 KNOWLEDGE
To ensure that at the end of the course the student acquires required
i. Understanding of the medico-legal responsibilities of physicians in primary
and secondary care settings,
ii. Understanding of the rational approach to the investigation of crime, based
on scientific and legal principles,
iii. Ability to manage medical and legal issues in cases of poisoning /
overdose,
iv. Understanding of the medico-legal framework of medical practice and
medical negligence,
v. Understanding of codes of conduct and medical ethics.

2.2 SKILLS
To ensure acquisition of necessary skills by the student, essential for Medico-
legal work.

2.3 ATTITUDE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS


At the end of the course, the learner shall be able to:
i. Respect autonomy of the deceased and his/her survivors.
ii. Demonstrate empathy towards the relatives of the deceased.
iii. Respect privacy and maintain confidentiality
iv. Communicate effectively with the survivors of the deceased
v. Respect the deceased.

24
2.4 INTEGRATION
To ensure that the knowledge and skills acquired in Forensic Medicine help the
student to understand the importance of medico-legal, ethical and toxicological
issues and apply the same during practice of Medicine.

3. TEACHING HOURS AND COURSE CONTENT


A. Teaching Hours
Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method
No Hours
1 Large group teaching 25
Small group teaching (SGT):
2 SGD/Tutorials/Seminars/Integrated 45
teaching/Practical/Autopsies
3 Self-directed Learning (SDL) 05
TOTAL 75

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Practical
No hours
1 Practical/Autopsies 18
TOTAL 18

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method
No Hours
1 AETCOM
2 Skill Lab
TOTAL

B. Course Contents
i) THEORY
Sl. Topic/ System: (With Competency Large group No. of
No. Number) core/ non-core competency teaching Hours=25
Domain K Level
K/KH
1. Clinical Forensic Medicine (FM3.13, 8
FM3.14, FM3.18, FM3.19, FM3.20,

25
FM3.22, FM3.23, FM3.25, FM3.26,
FM3.27, FM3.28)
Core: K/KH
 Sexual Offences K/KH
 Virginity, Defloration, legitimacy K/KH
 Medicolegal aspects of K/KH
Pregnancy and Delivery K/KH
 Disputed paternity and K/KH
maternity
 Impotence and Sterility K/KH
 Sterilization, Artificial
Insemination, Surrogacy,
Hormone replacement therapy,
ART clinics in India
 Abortion
2. Medical Jurisprudence (FM4.1, FM4.2, 7
FM4.3, FM4.4, FM4.5, FM4.6, FM4.8,
FM4.11, FM4.25, FM4.26, FM4.27)
Core: K/KH
 Medical Ethics- historical K/KH
emergence K/KH
 Code of Medical Ethics 2002
and unethical practices K/KH
 National Medical Commission of
India and State Medical
Councils, Indian Medical K/KH
Register
 Rights and privileges of medical K/KH
practitioner, Infamous conduct,
Disciplinary procedures, warning K/KH
notice, penal erasure K/KH
 Laws in relation to medical K/KH
practice; Duties of medical
practitioner towards patient and
society K/KH
 Consumer Protection Act- 1986, K/KH
Workman’s Compensation Act &
26
ESI Act
 Products liability and medical
Indemnity Insurance
 Euthanasia
 Ethical committees

Non-core:
 Clinical research and Ethics-
Human experimentation
 Ethical guidelines for biomedical
research in humans and animals
3. Forensic Psychiatry (FM5.1, FM5.2, 2
FM5.4, FM5.5)
Core: K/KH
 Common mental illnesses K/KH
 Delusions, hallucinations, K/KH
illusions, obsessions K/KH
 Lucid interval K/KH
 True and feigned insanity
 Delirium tremens
4. General toxicology (FM8.1, FM8.2, 3
FM8.3, FM8.4, FM8.5, FM8.6, FM8.8,
FM8.10)
Core: K/KH
 History of Toxicology K/KH
 Types of poisons,
Toxicokinetics, Toxicodynamics,
Diagnosis of poisoning in the K/KH
living and dead K/KH
 Laws in relation to poisons K/KH
 Procedure of autopsy in cases K/KH
of poisoning
 Treatment of poisoning
 Analytical Toxicology
5. Chemical Toxicology (FM9.2, FM9.3) 3
Core:
General Principles and basic
27
methodologies in treatment of: K/KH
 Inorganic Non-metallic Irritants K/KH
 Metallic Irritants
6. Pharmaceutical Toxicology (FM10.1) 2
Core:
General Principles and basic
methodologies in treatment of: K/KH
 Antipyretics, Antibiotics, CNS
depressants, Antidepressants,
Gastro-intestinal and Endocrinal K/KH
drugs
 Cardiotoxic plants

Small group
teaching
Sl. Topic/ System: (With Competency Number) No. of
Domain K/S/A
No. core/ non-core competency Hours=27
Level
K/KH/S/SH
1. Forensic Pathology (FM2.27, FM2.28) 3
Core:
 Infanticide, foeticide and stillbirth K/KH
 Signs of intrauterine death, signs of K/KH
live birth, age determination of
foetus, Sudden Infant Death
syndrome, Manchausen’s syndrome
by proxy
2. Clinical Forensic Medicine (FM3.15, FM3.16, 2
FM3.17, FM3.29)
Core:
 Sexual Offences K/KH
 Child abuse and battered baby K/KH
syndrome
3. Medical Jurisprudence (FM4.7, FM4.9, 5
FM4.10, FM4.12, FM4.13, FM4.14, FM4.15,
FM4.16, FM4.17, FM4.18, FM4.19, FM4.20,
FM4.29) K/KH
 Ethics related to HIV patients K/KH
28
 Legal and ethical issues in relation to
stem cell research K/KH
 Social aspects of medico-legal cases
with respect to victims of assault,
rape, attempted suicide, homicide, K/KH
domestic violence, dowry-related
cases
 Medico-legal issues in relation to A and C/
family violence, violation of human KH/SH
rights, NHRC and doctors (non-Core)
 Communication between doctors, K/KH
public and media
 Challenges in managing medico-
legal cases development of skills in
relationship management- Human K/KH
behaviour, communication skills,
conflict resolution techniques K/KH
 Principles of handling pressure while
dealing with medico-legal cases K/KH
 Bioethics; Ethical principles- Respect K/KH
for autonomy, non-malfeasance, K/KH
beneficence & justice
 Medical Negligence
 Consent in Medical Practice
 Therapeutic privilege, Professional
Secrecy, malingering
4. Forensic Psychiatry (FM5.3) 1
Core:
 Civil and criminal responsibilities of K/KH
a mentally ill person

29
5. Forensic Laboratory investigation in 1
medico-legal practice (FM6.1, FM6.2,
FM6.3)
Core: K/KH
 Specimens and tissues (including
methods) to be collected in living A and C/
and dead KH/SH
 Demonstrate professionalism while
sending evidences to Forensic
Science laboratory
6. Emerging technologies in Forensic Medicine K/KH 1
(FM7.1) (non-Core)
7. General Toxicology (FM8.7, FM8.9) 1
Core:
 Bedside tests to detect poison K/KH
 Medico-legal duties of doctor in K/KH
suspected cases of poisoning
8. Chemical Toxicology (FM9.1, FM9.4, FM9.5, 8
FM9.6)
Core:
General Principles and basic methodologies K/KH
in treatment of: K/KH
 Corrosives K/KH
 Alcohol K/KH
 Agricultural poisons
 Asphyxiants
9. Biotoxicology (FM11.1) 2
Core:
 Features and management of K/KH
poisoning by animal Irritants
10. Sociomedical Toxicology (FM12.1) 2
Core:
 Features and management of K/KH
poisoning with Drugs of Abuse

30
11. Environmental Toxicology (FM13.1, FM13.2) 1
Core:
 Medicolegal aspects and toxic K/KH
hazards of occupation and industry
 Workman’s Compensation Act K/KH

Sl. Topic/ System: (With Competency Self-directed No. of


No. Number) core/ non-core competency learning Hours=5
domain K/S/A
Level K/KH
1. Forensic Pathology 1
Core:
FM2.19: Investigation of anaesthetic, K/KH
operative deaths
2. Clinical Forensic Medicine 1
Core:
FM3.21: Pre-conception and Pre Natal- K/KH
Diagnostic Techniques Act (PC&PNDT)-
Prohibition of Sex Selection Act 2003 and
Domestic Violence Act 2005
3. Clinical Forensic Medicine
Non-core: 1
FM3.24: Importance of surgical methods K/KH
of contraception (vasectomy and
tubectomy) in the National Family
Planning Programme
4. Medical Jurisprudence 1
Core:
FM4.22, FM4.23: Hippocratic Oath, K/KH
Charaka and Sushruta Samhita,
Procedure for administration of Oath,
Modified Declaration of Geneva and its
relevance
5. Forensic Psychiatry 1
Non-core:
FM5.6: Mental health Care act 2017 K/KH
ii) PRACTICAL

31
Sl. Topic/ System: (With Competency No. of
No. Number) core/ non-core competency Domain K/S/A hours=
Level K/KH/S/SH 18
1. FM14.6: Examination of Hair, fibre, S/KH 2
semen & other biological fluids
FM14.7: Detection of blood in stains S/KH
FM14.8: Blood grouping S/SH
2. FM14.13: Age estimation in intrauterine S/KH 2
period
3. FM14.15: Examination of Victim of S/KH 2
Sexual Violence
4. FM14.14: Examination of Accused of S/KH 2
Sexual Violence
5. FM14.2, FM14.3: Clinical examination of S/SH 2
poisoning cases
6. FM14.16: Examination of a case of S/KH 2
alcohol consumption
7. FM14.17: Toxicology specimens S/KH 2
8. FM14.19: Histopathological slides of S/KH 2
medico-legal importance
9. FM14.10: Photographs and wet S/KH 2
specimens

Note: Students will be demonstrated the medico-legal autopsies in small groups as


and when the cases arrive.

iii) CERTIFICATION OF SKILLS:

None mentioned in UG curriculum Volume I

iii) AETCOM

AETCOM Module Lectures Small group


Sl. No. No. of Hours
Number [hours] [hours]
1. As allotted As allotted

32
4. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

Eligibility criteria:
 Learners must secure at least 50% marks of total marks (combined in theory and
practical; not less than 40% marks in theory and practical separately) assigned for
internal assessment in order to be eligible for appearing at the University
examination.
 Student should get a minimum of 75% attendance in Theory and 80 % in Practical
classes to be eligible to appear for university examination.
 Learners must have completed the required certifiable competencies and
completed the log book.

A. FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT

THEORY INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:


 A minimum of 2 Internal Assessments (IAs) to be conducted
 One of the internal exams will be conducted like preliminary exams
 Learners who have not completed the required number of internal assessment
exams for genuine reasons will be given remediation
 Formative assessment marks shall be calculated based on scoring in written tests
and AETCOM modules.
 Written exams will include MCQ’s [MCQs not exceeding 20%]/Structured Long Essay
Questions/Short essay questions/Short Answer questions
 30% of marks will be for higher order thinking
 Content under Noncore category cannot be assessed in Summative assessments.
However, the same can be assessed in Formative assessments.

The distribution of internal assessment marks shall be as mentioned below:

DEPARTMENT OF FORENSIC MEDICINE


Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 2 Phase 3-1 Final
THEORY
IA-1 IA-2 IA-3 IA-4 Total
#
Theory 30 25 50 75
Written MCQ 10 10 10 20
AETCOM* -- 05 -- 05

33
Formative
assessment:
SDL/Class tests/
05 05 10 10
FA MCQs/ Tutorials/
Seminars/
Assignments
Logbook 05 05 10 10
Total 50 50 80 120 300
FINAL THEORY IA MARKS = 100 (final total divided by 3)
* To be included as a question in theory paper
IA-4 is Preliminary exam

PRACTICAL INTERNAL ASSESSMENT


 Practical exam shall include exercises that shall be Case scenario based, Skill
stations, OSCE stations
 Viva/oral examination shall assess approach to clinical context and included in
practical IA marks.

PRACTICALS:

DEPARTMENT OF FORENSIC MEDICINE


Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Final
PRACTICAL Phase 2 Phase 3-1
Total
Practical skills assessment
(OSPE/ Other assessment 50 80
EOP/
modalities/ AETCOM)
Practical
Viva-voce (may include
10 20
AETCOM)
Formative assessment 10 10
Others
Logbook/ Record book 10 10
Total 80 120 200

34
FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS = 100 (final total divided by 2)
At least one practical is to be conducted with OSPE as a part of it.
AETCOM may be included as an OSPE station or as a part of viva-voce, if it needs to
be assessed in practical (Refer competency booklet & AETCOM module)
* Only if applicable

Blue-printing of Internal assessments in Forensic Medicine


Number of questions
BLUEPRINT
IA-1 IA-2* IA-3 IA-4*
MCQ
10 10 10 20
(1 mark each)
Structured Long
Essay 00 00 01 02
(10 marks each)
Short Essay
04 04 04 08
(5 marks each)
Short Answer
05 05 10 10
(2 marks each)
Total
40 40 60 100
(In marks)
* AETCOM should have a weightage of 5 marks

B. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:

Forensic medicine is learnt and assessed during professional years [PY] 2 and 3 part 1.
SA will be held at the end of 3rd professional year part 1.
Pass criteria:
 University Theory Exam – Student should secure at least 50% marks in theory to
pass.
 University Practical Exam – Student shall secure at least 50% marks (including Viva-
voce) to pass
 Student shall secure at least 50% of the total marks (combined in theory and
practical) assigned for internal assessment in order to be declared successful at the
final university of that subject.
 Internal assessment will appear as a separate head of passing at summative exams
35
 A candidate, who has not secured requisite aggregate in the internal assessment has
to successfully complete the remediation measures prescribed by the University as
the case may be prior to the declaration of his/her results in that particular phase.
Candidates who fail to meet prescribed 50% marks in internal assessment after
availing remedial measures will not be eligible for the university exams.

MARKS DISTRBUTION FOR UNIVERSITY SUMMATIVE EXAMINATION


THEORY THEORY PRACTICAL PRACTIC
TOTAL AL
Written paper MCQ’s PRACTICAL VIVA TOTAL

80 20 100 80 20 100

Time: 3 hours for theory paper

The pattern of questions in theory paper shall be as mentioned below:

Number of Maximum Marks for


Type of Question Total
Questions each question

Structured Long essay questions


2 10 20
(SLEQ)

Short essay questions (SEQ)


(Includes case vignette based 8 05 40
questions)

Short answer questions (SAQ) 10 02 20

Multiple Choice Questions (MCQs) 20 01 20

Total marks 100

The question papers shall be based on the blue print of question paper setting.
 Total marks under each type of question from each topic needs to be entered by
QP Setter.

36
 It should be in accordance with Shri Dharmasthala Manjunatheshwara University
guidelines.

Blueprint for the theory examinations (For use by the question paper setter)

Weightage
MCQs SLEQs SEQs SAQs
of marks
1 10 5 2 Total
PAPER TOPICS as per
mark marks marks marks Marks*
SDMU
each each each each
guidelines
Introduction with
history of Forensic
05
medicine and Legal
Procedure
Death and its causes,
Medico-legal autopsy,
Postmortem changes,
16
Identification, trace
evidence, Bio-medical
waste
Mechanical injuries
including firearm
injuries, transportation
16
injuries, Thermal
injuries, Examination
of an injured person
Asphyxial deaths,
8
starvation
Impotence, Sterility,
Virginity, Pregnancy,
delivery, Abortion, 14
Infanticide, Sexual
offences
Medical Jurisprudence 11
Forensic Psychiatry 5
Toxicology
20
a) Agricultural
37
poisons
b) Corrosive poisons
c) Metallic poisons
d) Inorganic irritants
e) Organic irritants
f) CNS depressants
g) Psychotropic
drugs
h) Delirient poisons
i) Spinal poisons
j) Cardiac poisons
k) Asphyxiants
l) Drug dependence
and abuse
m) Food poisoning
AETCOM SEQ
Case
vignette
based
5 marks
TOTAL 100*

*Total marks include MCQs.

The weightage of marks allotted for each topic shall be strictly adhered to while setting
a question paper. A minimum of 10% and up to a maximum of 30% marks shall be
allocated to assess the higher order thinking of the learner.

The questions framed shall be with appropriate verbs without any ambiguity or overlap.

38
PRACTICAL SUMMATIVE EXAMINATION: TOTAL 100 MARKS
Practical Exercises: 80 MARKS
1. Spotters: 20 Marks
2. Age estimation: 20 Marks
3. Certificates: 10 Marks
4. Weapon examination: 10 Marks
5. Bone examination: 10 Marks
6. X-ray examination: 05 Marks
7. Autopsy Questions: 05 Marks

Practical Viva Voce: 20 MARKS


5. INTEGRATION:

Sl Competency Competency to be integrated Integrating department


No No. by nesting/ sharing/ aligning/ Horizontal Vertical
correlation
Topic: Forensic Pathology
Investigation of anaesthetic, Anaesthesiology,
operative deaths – Describe General Surgery
and discuss special protocols
1 FM2.19 for conduction of autopsy -
and for collection,
preservation and dispatch of
related material evidences
Define and discuss Paediatrics
2 FM2.27 infanticide, foeticide and -
stillbirth
Describe and discuss signs of Pediatrics,
intrauterine death, signs of Human Anatomy
live birth, viability of foetus,
age determination of foetus,
3 FM2.28 -
DOAP session of ossification
centres, Hydrostatic test,
Sudden Infants Death
syndrome and Munchausen’s
39
syndrome by proxy
Demonstrate ability to AETCOM
exchange information by
verbal, or nonverbal
4 FM2.32 communication to the peers, -
family members, law
enforcing agency and
judiciary
Topic: Clinical Forensic Medicine
Describe different types of Obstetrics &
sexual offences. Describe Gynaecology
various sections of IPC
regarding rape including
5 FM3.13 definition of rape (Section -
375 IPC), Punishment for
Rape (Section 376 IPC) and
recent
amendments notified till date
SEXUAL OFFENCES Obstetrics &
Describe and discuss the Gynaecology,
examination of the victim of Psychiatry
an alleged case of rape, and
6 FM3.14 the preparation of report, -
framing the opinion and
preservation and despatch of
trace evidences in such
cases
SEXUAL OFFENCES Obstetrics &
Describe and discuss Gynaecology,
examination of accused and Psychiatry
victim of sodomy,
7 FM3.15 -
preparation of report, framing
of opinion, preservation and
despatch of trace evidences
in such cases
SEXUAL OFFENCES Obstetrics &
8 FM3.16 -
Describe and discuss Gynaecology,
40
adultery and unnatural sexual Psychiatry
offences-sodomy, incest,
lesbianism, buccal coitus,
bestiality, indecent assault
and preparation of report,
framing the opinion and
preservation and despatch of
trace evidences in such
cases
Describe and discuss the Obstetrics &
sexual perversions fetishism, Gynaecology,
transvestism, voyeurism, Psychiatry
9 FM3.17 -
sadism, necrophagia,
masochism, exhibitionism,
frotteurism, Necrophilia
Describe anatomy of male Obstetrics &
and female genitalia, hymen Gynaecology
and its types. Discuss the
medico-legal importance of
10 FM3.18 -
hymen. Define
virginity, defloration,
legitimacy and its
medicolegal importance
Discuss the medicolegal Obstetrics &
aspects of pregnancy and Gynaecology
delivery, signs
of pregnancy, precipitate
11 FM3.19 labour superfoetation, -
superfecundation
and signs of recent and
remote delivery in living and
dead
Discuss disputed paternity Obstetrics &
12 FM3.20 -
and maternity Gynaecology
Discuss Pre-conception and Obstetrics &
13 FM3.21 Pre Natal-Diagnostic - Gynaecology,
Techniques AETCOM
41
(PC&PNDT) - Prohibition of
Sex Selection Act 2003 and
Domestic Violence Act 2005
Define and discuss Obstetrics &
impotence, sterility, frigidity, Gynaecology,
sexual dysfunction, General
14 FM3.22 premature ejaculation. - Medicine
Discuss the causes of
impotence and sterility in
male and female
Discuss Sterilization of male Obstetrics &
and female, artificial Gynaecology
insemination,
Test Tube Baby, surrogate
15 FM3.23 -
mother, hormonal
replacement therapy with
respect to appropriate
national and state laws
Discuss the relative Obstetrics &
importance of surgical Gynaecology
methods of contraception
16 FM3.24 (vasectomy and tubectomy) -
as methods of contraception
in the National Family
Planning Programme
Discuss the major results of Obstetrics &
17 FM3.25 the National Family Health - Gynaecology
Survey
Discuss the national Obstetrics &
Guidelines for accreditation, Gynaecology
18 FM3.26 -
supervision & regulation of
ART Clinics in India
Define, classify and discuss Obstetrics &
abortion, methods of Gynaecology,
19 FM3.27 procuring MTP and criminal - AETCOM
abortion and complication of
abortion. MTP Act 1971
42
Describe evidences of Obstetrics &
abortion - living and dead, Gynaecology,
duties of doctor in cases of Pathology
20 FM3.28 -
abortion, investigations of
death due to criminal
abortion
Describe and discuss child Pediatrics
21 FM3.29 abuse and battered baby -
syndrome
Topic: Medical Jurisprudence (Medical Law and Ethics)
Describe Medical Ethics and AETCOM
22 FM4.1 explain its historical -
emergence
Describe the Code of Medical AETCOM
Ethics 2002 conduct,
Etiquette and Ethics in
23 FM4.2 -
medical practice and
unethical practices & the
dichotomy
Describe the functions and AETCOM
role of Medical Council of
24 FM4.3 -
India and
State Medical Councils
Describe the Indian Medical AETCOM
25 FM4.4 -
Register
Rights/privileges of a AETCOM
medical practitioner, penal
erasure, infamous conduct,
26 FM4.5 disciplinary Committee, -
disciplinary procedures,
warning notice and penal
erasure
Describe the Laws in Relation AETCOM
to medical practice and the
27 FM4.6 duties of a medical -
practitioner towards patients
and society
43
Describe and discuss the AETCOM
28 FM4.7 -
ethics related to HIV patients
Describe the Consumer AETCOM
Protection Act-1986 (Medical
Indemnity Insurance, Civil
29 FM4.8 -
Litigations and
Compensations), Workman’s
Compensation Act & ESI Act
Describe the medico - legal AETCOM
issues in relation to family
30 FM4.9 -
violence, violation of human
rights, NHRC and doctors
Describe communication AETCOM
31 FM4.10 between doctors, public and -
media
Describe and discuss AETCOM,
32 FM4.11 -
euthanasia Pharmacology
Discuss legal and ethical AETCOM,
33 FM4.12 issues in relation to stem cell - Pharmacology
research
Describe social aspects of AETCOM
Medico-legal cases with
respect to victims of assault,
34 FM4.13 -
rape, attempted suicide,
homicide, domestic violence,
dowry- related cases
Describe & discuss the AETCOM
challenges in managing
medico-legal cases including
development of skills in
35 FM4.14 relationship management – -
Human behaviour,
communication skills,
conflict resolution
techniques
Describe the principles of AETCOM
36 FM4.15 -
handling pressure –
44
definition, types, causes,
sources and skills for
managing the pressure while
dealing with medico-legal
cases by the doctor
Describe and discuss AETCOM
37 FM4.16 -
Bioethics
Describe and discuss ethical AETCOM,
Principles: Respect for Pharmacology
38 FM4.17 -
autonomy, nonmalfeasance,
beneficence & justice
Describe and discuss medical AETCOM
negligence including civil and
criminal negligence,
contributory negligence,
corporate negligence,
39 FM4.18 vicarious -
liability, Res Ipsa Loquitor,
prevention of medical
negligence and defenses in
medical negligence
litigations
Define Consent. Describe AETCOM
different types of consent
and ingredients of informed
consent. Describe the rules
40 FM4.19 of consent and importance of -
consent in relation to age,
emergency situation, mental
illness and alcohol
intoxication
Describe therapeutic AETCOM
privilege, Malingering,
Therapeutic
41 FM4.20 -
Misadventure, Professional
Secrecy, Human
Experimentation
45
Describe Products liability AETCOM
42 FM4.21 and Medical Indemnity -
Insurance
Explain Oath – Hippocrates, AETCOM,
Charaka and Sushruta and Pharmacology
43 FM4.22 -
procedure for administration
of Oath.
Describe the modified AETCOM,
44 FM4.23 Declaration of Geneva and its - Pharmacology
relevance
Enumerate rights, privileges AETCOM
and duties of a Registered
Medical
Practitioner. Discuss doctor-
45 FM4.24 -
patient relationship:
professional
secrecy and privileged
communication
Clinical research & Ethics AETCOM,
Discuss human Pharmacology
46 FM4.25 -
experimentation including
clinical trials
Discuss the constitution and AETCOM,
47 FM4.26 functions of ethical - Pharmacology
committees
Describe and discuss Ethical AETCOM,
Guidelines for Biomedical Pharmacology
48 FM4.27 -
Research on Human Subjects
& Animals
Demonstrate respect to laws AETCOM
relating to medical practice
and Ethical code of conduct
49 FM4.28 prescribed by Medical -
Council of India and rules and
regulations prescribed by it
from time to time
50 FM4.29 Demonstrate ability to - AETCOM
46
communicate appropriately
with media, public and
doctors
Demonstrate ability to AETCOM
conduct research in
51 FM4.30 -
pursuance to guidelines or
research ethics
Topic: Forensic Psychiatry
Classify common mental Psychiatry
illnesses including post-
52 FM5.1 -
traumatic stress disorder
(PTSD)
Define, classify and describe Psychiatry
delusions, hallucinations,
53 FM5.2 illusion, lucid interval and -
obsessions with
exemplification
Describe Civil and criminal Psychiatry
54 FM5.3 responsibilities of a mentally -
ill person
Differentiate between true Psychiatry
55 FM5.4 insanity from feigned -
insanity
Describe & discuss Delirium Psychiatry,
56 FM5.5 -
tremens General Medicine
Describe the Indian Mental Psychiatry
Health Care Act, 2017 with
special reference to
57 FM5.6 -
admission, care and
discharge of a mentally ill
person
Topic: Forensic Laboratory investigation in medico-legal practice
Describe different types of Pathology
specimen and tissues to be
58 FM6.1 collected both in the living -
and dead: Body fluids (blood,
urine, semen, faeces saliva),
47
Skin, Nails, tooth pulp,
vaginal smear, viscera, skull,
specimen for histo-
pathological examination,
blood grouping, HLA Typing
and DNA Fingerprinting.
Describe Locard’s Exchange
Principle
Topic: General Toxicology
Describe the history of Pharmacology
59 FM8.1 -
Toxicology
Define the terms Toxicology, Pharmacology
60 FM8.2 Forensic Toxicology, Clinical -
Toxicology and poison
Describe the various types of Pharmacology
poisons, Toxicokinetics, and
61 FM8.3 Toxicodynamics and -
diagnosis of poisoning in
living and dead
Describe the Laws in Pharmacology
relations to poisons including
62 FM8.4 -
NDPS Act, Medico-legal
aspects of poisons
Describe Medico-legal Pharmacology
autopsy in cases of
63 FM8.5 poisoning including -
preservation and dispatch of
viscera for chemical analysis
Describe the general Pharmacology
symptoms, principles of
64 FM8.6 diagnosis and -
management of common
poisons encountered in India
Describe simple Bedside Pharmacology,
clinic tests to detect General Medicine
65 FM8.7 -
poison/drug in a
patient’s body fluids
48
Describe basic Pharmacology,
methodologies in treatment General Medicine
of poisoning:
66 FM8.8 decontamination, supportive -
therapy, antidote therapy,
procedures of enhanced
elimination

Topic: Chemical Toxicology


Describe General Principles Pharmacology,
and basic methodologies in General Medicine
treatment
of poisoning:
decontamination, supportive
therapy, antidote therapy,
procedures of enhanced
67 FM9.1 -
elimination with regard to:
Caustics Inorganic –
sulphuric, nitric, and
hydrochloric acids; Organic-
Carboloic Acid (phenol),
Oxalic and acetylsalicylic
acids
Describe General Principles Pharmacology,
and basic methodologies in General Medicine
treatment
of poisoning:
68 FM9.2 decontamination, supportive -
therapy, antidote therapy,
procedures of enhanced
elimination with regard to
Phosphorus, Iodine, Barium
Describe General Principles Pharmacology,
and basic methodologies in General Medicine
69 FM9.3 -
treatment
of poisoning:
49
decontamination, supportive
therapy, antidote therapy,
procedures of enhanced
elimination with regard to
Arsenic, lead, mercury,
copper, iron, cadmium and
thallium
Describe General Principles Pharmacology,
and basic methodologies in General Medicine
treatment
of poisoning:
decontamination, supportive
70 FM9.4 -
therapy, antidote therapy,
procedures of enhanced
elimination with regard to
Ethanol, methanol, ethylene
glycol
Describe General Principles Pharmacology,
and basic methodologies in General Medicine
treatment
of poisoning:
decontamination, supportive
therapy, antidote therapy,
71 FM9.5 procedures of enhanced -
elimination with regard to
Organophosphates,
Carbamates,
Organochlorines, Pyrethroids,
Paraquat, Aluminium and
Zinc phosphide
Describe General Principles Pharmacology,
and basic methodologies in General Medicine
treatment
72 FM9.6 of poisoning: -
decontamination, supportive
therapy, antidote therapy,
procedures of enhanced
50
elimination with regard to
Ammonia, carbon monoxide,
hydrogen cyanide &
derivatives, methyl
isocyanate, tear (riot control)
gases

Topic: Pharmaceutical Toxicology


Describe General Principles Pharmacology,
and basic methodologies in General Medicine
treatment
of poisoning:
decontamination, supportive
therapy, antidote therapy,
procedures of enhanced
elimination with regard to:
i. Antipyretics –
Paracetamol, Salicylates
ii. Anti-Infectives (Common
antibiotics – an overview)
iii. Neuropsychotoxicology
73 FM10.1 -
Barbiturates, benzodiazepins
phenytoin, lithium,
haloperidol, neuroleptics,
tricyclics
iv. Narcotic Analgesics,
Anaesthetics, and Muscle
Relaxants
v. Cardiovascular Toxicology
Cardiotoxic plants –
oleander,
odollam, aconite, digitalis vi.
Gastro- Intestinal and
Endocrinal Drugs – Insulin

51
Topic: Biotoxicology
Describe features and General Medicine
management of Snake bite,
74 FM11.1 -
scorpion sting, bee and wasp
sting and spider bite
Topic: Sociomedical Toxicology
Describe features and General Medicine
management of
abuse/poisoning with
following chemicals:
75 FM12.1 Tobacco, cannabis, -
amphetamines, cocaine,
hallucinogens, designer
drugs & solvent

Topic: Environmental Toxicology


Describe toxic pollution of General Medicine
environment, its medico-legal
76 FM13.1 -
aspects & toxic hazards of
occupation and industry
Topic: Skills in Forensic Medicine & Toxicology
Demonstrate the correct General Medicine
technique of clinical
examination in a suspected
77 FM14.2 case of poisoning & prepare -
medico-legal report in a
simulated/ supervised
environment
Assist and demonstrate the General Medicine
proper technique in
collecting,
preserving and dispatch of
78 FM14.3 -
the exhibits in a suspected
case of
poisoning, along with clinical
examination
52
Demonstrate & identify that a Pathology,
particular stain is blood and Physiology
79 FM14.7 -
identify the species of its
origin
Demonstrate the correct Pathology,
technique to perform and Physiology
80 FM14.8 -
identify ABO & RH blood
group of a person

6. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS, REFERENCE BOOKS AND ATLAS

Text books:
1. K.S. Narayan Reddy, Essentials of Forensic Medicine and Toxicology, Medical Book
company, Hyderabad – 34th Edition 2017.
2. Modi, Test Book of Forensic Medicine Edited by Justice K Kannan. LexisNexis- 26th
Edition 2018.
3. V.V. Pillay, Modern Medical Toxicology, Jaypee brothers, 4th edition, 2013.
4. J.B. Mukherjee, Forensic Medicine and Toxicology Vol I, II and III, 2nd Edition
Reference books:
1. Bernard Knight, Forensic Pathology, Arnold, 4th Edition 2016
2. Gordon and Shapiro, Forensic Medicine, Churchill Livingstone, 3rd Edition, 1988.

******

53
GENERAL MEDICINE

1. GOAL
Our goal is to train the learner to perform as a clinician
 who is capable of providing preventive, promotive, curative, palliative and
holistic care with compassion to patients having common ailments
 who can lead and function in a health care team efficiently
 who is capable of communicating with patients and their families appropriately
 who is committed to continuous self-improvement in skills and knowledge
 who is a committed, ethical and responsive professional
 who is accountable to patients, community and profession.

2. OBJECTIVES:

2.1 KNOWLEDGE
The Indian Medical Graduate after his/her training in the department of General
Medicine at SDMCMS&H should be able to demonstrate understanding of the patho-
physiologic basis, epidemiological profile, signs and symptoms of diseases and their
investigation, management, prevention and palliation.

2.2 SKILLS: At the end of the course the student should be able to:
1. Competently interview and examine an adult patient and make a clinical diagnosis
2. Appropriately order and interpret laboratory tests
3. Initiate appropriate cost-effective treatment based on an understanding of the
rational drug prescriptions, medical interventions required and preventive
measures
4. Independently perform common medical procedures safely
5. Document his/her observations accurately
6. Follow up patients with medical problems and refer whenever required
7. Communicate effectively, educate and counsel the patient and family
8. Manage common medical emergencies and refer when required

54
2.3 ATTITUDE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS: At the end of the course, the learner
shall be able to
1. Respect patient’s autonomy
2. Do no harm
3. Understand and follow the principle of beneficence
4. Think and act in a just manner
5. Demonstrate empathy
6. Respect privacy
7. Maintain confidentiality
8. Communicate effectively
9. Educate and counsel the patient and family
10. Maintain punctuality
11. Work in a team of peers, seniors and interdepartmental personnel

2.4 INTEGRATION
At the end of the course, the learner shall be able to form concepts through aligned and
integrated learning experiences in order to provide sound biologic basis incorporating
the principles of general medicine into a holistic and comprehensive approach to the
care of the patient.

3. TEACHING HOURS AND COURSE CONTENT

C. Teaching Hours
Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Theory
No Hours
1 Large group teaching 25
2 Small group teaching (SGT) : SGD/Tutorials/Seminars 35
3 Self-directed Learning( SDL) 05
TOTAL 65

55
Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Practicals
No weeks
1 Bedside clinics 4
TOTAL

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method
No Hours
1 AETCOM -
2 Skill Lab
TOTAL

D. Course contents

ii. THEORY
Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Large No. of
No core/ non-core competency group Hours=2
teaching 5
domain K
LEVEL
K/KH
1 Topic: IM 3 pneumonia 1
Approach to a patient with pneumonia-
Definition, types, etiologies, risk factors,
pathology and pathogenesis
IM3.1 Define, discuss, describe and distinguish
community acquired pneumonia, nosocomial
pneumonia and aspiration pneumonia
IM3.2 Discuss and describe the etiologies of
various kinds of pneumonia and their microbiology
depending on the setting and immune status of the
host
IM3.3 Discuss and describe the pathogenesis,
presentation, natural history and complications of
pneumonia

56
2 Approach to a patient with pneumonia- KKY 1
clinical presentation, investigations, management NESTING-
complications and prevention Microbiology
IM3.3 Discuss and describe the pathogenesis, ASSESSMENT
presentation, natural history and complications of -Short note/
pneumonia Viva voce
IM3.4 Elicit document and present an appropriate
history including the evolution, risk factors
including immune status and occupational risk
IM3.7 Order and interpret diagnostic tests based
on the clinical presentation including: CBC, Chest X
ray PA view, Mantoux, sputum gram stain, sputum
culture and sensitivity, pleural fluid examination
and culture, HIV testing and ABG
IM3.12 Select, describe and prescribe based on the
most likely aetiology, an appropriate empirical
antimicrobial based on the pharmacology and
antimicrobial spectrum
IM3.13 Select, describe and prescribe based on
culture and sensitivity appropriate empaling
antimicrobial based on the pharmacology and
antimicrobial spectrum
IM3.15 Describe and enumerate the indications for
hospitalisation in patients with pneumonia

IM3.16 Describe and enumerate the indications for


isolation and barrier nursing in patients with
pneumonia
IM3.17 Describe and discuss the supportive
therapy in patients with pneumonia including
oxygen use and indications for ventilation
IM3.19 Discuss, describe, enumerate the
indications and communicate to patients on
pneumococcal and influenza vaccines

57
3 Topic: IM 4 Fever and febrile syndromes K K Y Lecture, 1
Approach to a patient with fever- Small group
Host – pathogen interaction and Microbial discussion
pathogenesis Written
IM4.1 Describe and discuss the febrile response Microbiology
and the influence of host immune status, risk
factors and comorbidities on the febrile response
IM4.2 Describe and discuss the influence of
special populations on the febrile response
including: the elderly, immune suppression,
malignancy and neutropenia, HIV and travel
4 PUO – nosocomial, neutropenic, HIV associated K K Y Lecture, 1
and classic – definition , causes, lab diagnosis Written
and treatment. Microbiology
IM4.8 Discuss and describe the pathophysiology,
aetiology and clinical manifestations of fever of
unknown origin (FUO) including in a normal host
neutropenic host nosocomial host, and a host with
HIV
IM4.4 Describe and discuss the pathophysiology
and manifestations of inflammatory causes of
fever
IM4.5 Describe and discuss the pathophysiology
and manifestations of malignant causes of fever
including hematologic and lymph node
malignancies
IM4.16 Enumerate the indications and describe the
findings in tests of inflammation and specific
rheumatologic tests, serologic testing for
pathogens including HIV, bone marrow aspiration
and biopsy
IM4.18 Enumerate the indications for use of
imaging in the diagnosis of febrile syndromes
IM4.21 Develop and present an appropriate
diagnostic plan based on the clinical presentation,
most likely diagnosis in a prioritised and cost
58
effective manner
IM4.24 Develop an appropriate empiric treatment
plan based on the patient’s clinical and immune
status pending definitive diagnosis
IM25.8 Enumerate the indications for use of newer
techniques in the diagnosis of these infections
5 Sepsis syndrome K K Y Lecture, 1
IM4.7 Discuss and describe the pathophysiology Written
and manifestations of the sepsis syndrome Microbiology
IM4.16 Enumerate the indications and describe the
findings in tests of inflammation and specific
rheumatologic tests, serologic testing for
pathogens including HIV, bone marrow aspiration
and biopsy
IM4.18 Enumerate the indications for use of
imaging in the diagnosis of febrile syndromes
IM4.24 Develop an appropriate empiric treatment
plan based on the patient’s clinical and immune
status pending definitive diagnosis
IM25.8 Enumerate the indications for use of newer
techniques in the diagnosis of these infections
6 Infections of skin, muscles and soft tissues K K Y Lecture, 1
Written
Microbiology
7 Urinary tract infections K K Y Lecture, 1
Written
Microbiology
8 Infections acquired in health care facilities and in K K Y Lecture, 1
transplant recipients Written
MI8.5 Define Healthcare Associated Infections Microbiology
(HAI) and enumerate its types. Discuss the factors
that contribute to the development of HAI and the
methods for prevention
9 Arthropod and rodent borne infections – K K Y Lecture, 1
fever with jaundice, fever with arthritis, fever with Written
encephalitis, [ JE, KFD, dengue, chikungunya, Microbiology
others]
59
IM4.3 Discuss and describe the common causes,
pathophysiology and manifestations of fever in
various regions in India including bacterial,
parasitic and viral causes (e.g.Dengue,
Chikungunya,Typhus
10 Arthropod and rodent borne infections – K K Y Lecture, 1
fever with rash, fever with arthritis, fever with Written
hemorrhage [ JE, KFD, dengue, chikungunya, Microbiology
others]
IM4.3 Discuss and describe the common causes,
pathophysiology and manifestations of fever in
various regions in India including bacterial,
parasitic and viral causes (e.g.Dengue,
Chikungunya,Typhus
11 Rickettsial diseases K K Y Lecture, 1
Written
Microbiology
12 Enteric fever – etiopathogenesis, clinical features K K Y Lecture, 1
and management . Written
Microbiology

13 Leptospirosis K K Y Lecture, 1
IM25.1 Describe and discuss the response and the Written
influence of host immune status, risk factors and Microbiology
comorbidities on zoonotic diseases (e.g.
Leptospirosis, Rabies) and non-febrile infectious
disease (e.g. Tetanus) discussion Community
Medicine IM25.2 Discuss and describe the
common causes, pathophysiology and
manifestations of these diseases
IM25.2 Discuss and describe the common causes,
pathophysiology and manifestations of these
diseases
IM25.3 Describe and discuss the pathophysiology
and manifestations of these disease
IM25.4 Elicit document and present a medical
history that helps delineate the aetiology of these
60
diseases that includes the evolution and pattern of
symptoms, risk factors, exposure through
occupation and travel
IM25.5 Perform a systematic examination that
establishes the diagnosis and severity of
presentation that includes: general skin, mucosal
and lymph node examination, chest and abdominal
examination (including examination of the liver
and spleen)
IM25.6 Generate a differential diagnosis and
prioritise based on clinical features that help
distinguish between infective, inflammatory,
malignant and rheumatologic causes
IM25.7 Order and interpret diagnostic tests based
on the differential diagnosis including: CBC with
differential, blood biochemistry, peripheral smear,
urinary analysis with sediment, Chest X ray, blood
and urine cultures, sputum gram stain and
cultures, sputum AFB and cultures, CSF analysis,
pleural and body fluid analysis, stool routine and
culture and QBC
IM25.8 Enumerate the indications for use of newer
techniques in the diagnosis of these infections
14 TOPIC 6 HIV K K Y Lecture, 1
Define HIV/AIDS, describe etiologic agent, classify Written
by cdc criteria, clinical features, aids defining Microbiology
illnesses, opportunistic infections and
malignancies, prevention, laboratory diagnosis and
treatment
IM6.2 Define and classify HIV AIDS based on the
CDC criteria
IM6.1 Describe and discuss the symptoms and
signs of acute HIV seroconversion
IM6.9 Choose and interpret appropriate diagnostic
tests to diagnose and classify the severity of HIV-
AIDS including specific tests of HIV, CDC

61
15 TOPIC 6 HIV K K Y Lecture, 1
Define HIV/AIDS, describe etiologic agent, classify Written
by cdc criteria, clinical features, aids defining Microbiology
illnesses, opportunistic infections and
malignancies, prevention, laboratory diagnosis and
treatment
IM6.3 Describe and discuss the relationship
between CDC count and the risk of opportunistic
infections
IM6.4 Describe and discuss the pathogenesis,
evolution and clinical features of common HIV
related opportunistic infections
IM6.5 Describe and discuss the pathogenesis,
evolution and clinical features of common HIV
related malignancies
IM6.6 Describe and discuss the pathogenesis,
evolution and clinical features of common HIV
related skin and oral lesions
IM6.7 Elicit document and present a medical
history that helps delineate the aetiology of the
current presentation and includes risk factors for
HIV, mode of infection, other sexually transmitted
diseases, risks for opportunistic infections and
nutritional status
IM6.8 Generate a differential diagnosis and
prioritise based on clinical features that suggest a
specific aetiology for the presenting symptom
16 Continued-define HIV/AIDS, describe etiologic K K Y Lecture, 1
agent, classify by CDC criteria, clinical features, Written
AIDS defining illnesses, opportunistic infections Microbiology
and malignancies, prevention, laboratory diagnosis
and treatment
IM6.10 Choose and interpret appropriate
diagnostic tests to diagnose opportunistic
infections including CBC sputum examination and
opportunistic infections including CBC, sputum
examination and assessment cultures, blood
62
cultures, stool analysis, CSF analysis and Chest
radiographs
IM6.11 Enumerate the indications and describe the
findings for CT of the chest and brain and MR
IM6.12 Enumerate the indications for and interpret
the results of: pulse oximetry, ABG, Chest
Radiograph
IM6.13 Describe and enumerate the indications
and side effects of drugs for bacterial, viral and
other types of diarrhea
IM6.16 Discuss and describe the principles of
HAART, the classes of antiretrovirals used, adverse
reactions and interactions
IM6.18 Enumerate the indications and discuss
prophylactic drugs used to prevent HIV related
opportunistic infections
17 Miscellaneous Infections IM25 K K Y Lecture, 1
Zoonotic diseases –Rabies, tetanus Written
IM25.1 Describe and discuss the response and the Microbiology
influence of host immune status, risk factors and
comorbidities on zoonotic diseases (e.g.
Leptospirosis, Rabies) and non-febrile infectious
disease (e.g. Tetanus) discussion Community
Medicine
IM25.2 Discuss and describe the common causes,
pathophysiology and manifestations of these
diseases
IM25.3 Describe and discuss the pathophysiology
and manifestations of these disease
IM25.4 Elicit document and present a medical
history that helps delineate the aetiology of these
diseases that includes the evolution and pattern of
symptoms, risk factors, exposure through
occupation and travel
IM25.5 Perform a systematic examination that
establishes the diagnosis and severity of
presentation that includes: general skin, mucosal
63
and lymph node examination, chest and abdominal
examination (including examination of the liver
and spleen)
IM25.6 Generate a differential diagnosis and
prioritise based on clinical features that help
distinguish between infective, inflammatory,
malignant and rheumatologic causes
IM25.7 Order and interpret diagnostic tests based
on the differential diagnosis including: CBC with
differential, blood biochemistry, peripheral smear,
urinary analysis with sediment, Chest X ray, blood
and urine cultures, sputum gram stain and
cultures, sputum AFB and cultures, CSF analysis,
pleural and body fluid analysis, stool routine and
culture and QBC
IM25.8 Enumerate the indications for use of newer
techniques
in the diagnosis of these infections
IM25.10 Develop and present an appropriate
diagnostic plan based on the clinical presentation,
most likely diagnosis in a prioritised and cost
effective manner
IM25.11 Develop an appropriate empiric treatment
plan based on the patient’s clinical and immune
status pending definitive diagnosis
IM25.12 Communicate to the patient and family
the diagnosis and treatment of identified infection
IM25.13 Counsel the patient and family on
prevention of various infections due to
environmental issues

64
18 Miscellaneous Infections IM25 K K Y Lecture, 1
Plague, anthrax Written
IM25.1 Describe and discuss the response and the Microbiology
influence of host immune status, risk factors and
comorbidities on zoonotic diseases (e.g.
Leptospirosis, Rabies) and non-febrile infectious
disease (e.g. Tetanus) discussion Community
Medicine
IM25.2 Discuss and describe the common causes,
pathophysiology and manifestations of these
diseases
IM25.3 Describe and discuss the pathophysiology
and manifestations of these disease
IM25.4 Elicit document and present a medical
history that helps delineate the aetiology of these
diseases that includes the evolution and pattern of
symptoms, risk factors, exposure through
occupation and travel
IM25.5 Perform a systematic examination that
establishes the diagnosis and severity of
presentation that includes: general skin, mucosal
and lymph node examination, chest and abdominal
examination (including examination of the liver
and spleen)
IM25.6 Generate a differential diagnosis and
prioritise based on clinical features that help
distinguish between infective, inflammatory,
malignant and rheumatologic causes
IM25.7 Order and interpret diagnostic tests based
on the differential diagnosis including: CBC with
differential, blood biochemistry, peripheral smear,
urinary analysis with sediment, Chest X ray, blood
and urine cultures, sputum gram stain and
cultures, sputum AFB and cultures, CSF analysis,
pleural and body fluid analysis, stool routine and
culture and QBC
IM25.8 Enumerate the indications for use of newer
65
techniques
in the diagnosis of these infections
IM25.10 Develop and present an appropriate
diagnostic plan based on the clinical presentation,
most likely diagnosis in a prioritised and cost
effective manner
IM25.11 Develop an appropriate empiric treatment
plan based on the patient’s clinical and immune
status pending definitive diagnosis
IM25.12 Communicate to the patient and family
the diagnosis and treatment of identified infection
IM25.13 Counsel the patient and family on
prevention of various infections due to
environmental issues
19 Invasive fungal infections and choice of 1
antifungals
20 Malaria – etiopathogenesis, clinical features, 1
investigations , complications, treatment and
prevention.
IM 4.6Discuss and describe the pathophysiology
and manifestations of malaria
IM4.22 Describe and discuss the pharmacology,
indications, adverse reactions, interactions of
antimalarial drugs and basis of resistance
IM4.23 Prescribe drugs for malaria based on the
species identified, prevalence of drug resistance
and national program
IM4.26 Counsel the patient on malarial prevention
21 Kala azar 1
22 Headache syndromes 1
Migraine
IM17.1 Define and classify headache and describe
the presenting features, precipitating factors,
aggravating and relieving factors of various kinds
of headache
IM17.3 Classify migraine and describe the
distinguishing features between classical and non
66
classical forms of migraine
IM17.6 Choose and interpret diagnostic testing
based on the clinical diagnosis including imaging
IM17.10 Enumerate the indications for emergency
care admission and immediate supportive care in
patients with headache
IM17.11 Describe the indications, pharmacology,
dose, side effects of abortive therapy in migraine
IM17.12 Describe the indications, pharmacology,
dose, side effects of prophylactic therapy in
migraine
IM17.14 Counsel patients with migraine and
tension headache on lifestyle changes and need
for prophylactic therapy
23 revision 1
24 revision 1
25 revision 1
25

67
Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) core/ Small group No. of
No. non-core competency teaching Hours=3
domain K/S/A 5
Level
K/KH/S/SH,
1 Topic: IM 3 pneumonia S SH Y 2
Interpretation of investigations in a patient with DOAP session
pneumonia-chest x-ray Assessment Skill
IM4.18 Enumerate the indications for use of imaging assessment
in the diagnosis of febrile syndromes Integration:
Radiodiagnosis,
Microbiology
2 Treatment of malaria S/c SH Y 2
IM4.22 Describe and discuss the pharmacology, DOAP session
indications, adverse reactions, interactions of Skill
antimalarial drugs and basis of resistance assessment
IM4.23 Prescribe drugs for malaria based on the
species identified, prevalence of drug resistance and
national programs
IM4.26 Counsel the patient on malarial prevention
3 Management of HIV AIDS K, KH, Y 2
IM6.16 Discuss and describe the principles of HAART,
the classes of antiretrovirals used, adverse reactions
and interactions
IM6.18 Enumerate the indications and discuss
prophylactic drugs used to prevent HIV related
opportunistic infections
IM6.17 Discuss and describe the principles and
regimens used in post exposure prophylaxis
IM6.20 Communicate diagnosis, treatment plan and
subsequent follow up plan to patients
IM6.21 Communicate with patients on the importance
of medication adherence
4 emerging infectious diseases- Nipah, Covid, , SARS, 2
MERS, polio, Ebola, Lassa, SFTS, Crimean-congo
fever, hanta virus

68
5 Antimicrobial resistance and antibiotic stewardship 2
IM4.24 Develop an appropriate empiric treatment plan
based on the patient’s clinical and immune status
pending definitive diagnosis
6 Adult vaccination 2
7 Cestodes – cysticercosis and hydatid disease : 2
etiopathogenesis, clinical features and management
Roundworms – filariasis, ascariasis, ankylostoma:
etiopathogenesis, clinical features, management.
8 SNAKE BITE 2
IM20.1 Enumerate the local poisonous snakes and
describe the distinguishing marks of each
IM20.3 Describe the initial approach to the
stabilisation of the patient who presents with snake
bite
IM20.4 Elicit and document and present an
appropriate history, the circumstance, time, kind of
snake, evolution of symptoms in a patient with snake
bite
IM20.5 Perform a systematic examination, document
and present a physical examination that includes
general examination, local examination, appropriate
cardiac and neurologic examination
IM20.6 Choose and interpret the appropriate
diagnostic testing in patients with snake bites
IM20.7 Enumerate the indications and describe the
pharmacology, dose, adverse reactions,
hypersensitivity reactions of anti snake venom
9 Envenomation due to scorpion, bee, wasp and other 2
other organisms
IM20.8 Describe the diagnosis, initial approach
stabilisation and therapy of scorpion envenomation
IM20.9 Describe the diagnosis initial approach
stabilisation and therapy of bee sting allergy
10 Topic: Poisoning IM 21 2
IM21.1 Describe the initial approach to the
stabilisation of the patient who presents with
69
poisoning
IM21.4 Enumerate the commonly observed drug
overdose in your area and describe their toxicology,
clinical features, prognosis and approach to therapy
IM21.5 Observe and describe the functions and role of
a poison center in suspected poisoning
11 IM21.2 Enumerate the common plant poisons seen in 2
your area and describe their toxicology, clinical
features, prognosis and specific approach to
detoxification
12 IM21.3 Enumerate the common corrosives used in 2
your area and describe their toxicology, clinical
features, prognosis and approach to therapy
Rodenticide Poisoning
13 OP poisoning, Paraquat and other agricultural 2
poisons
14 Toxidromic approach to the management of 2
poisoning
15 Envenomation 2
IM20.1 Enumerate the local poisonous snakes and
describe the distinguishing marks of each
16 Headache syndromes 2
Meningitis
IM17.4 Perform and demonstrate a general
neurologic examination and a focused examination
for signs of intracranial tension including neck signs
of meningitis
IM17.5 Generate document and present a differential
diagnosis based on the clinical features and prioritise
the diagnosis based on the presentation.
IM17.6 Choose and interpret diagnostic testing based
on the clinical diagnosis including imaging
IM17.7 Enumerate the indications and describe the
findings in the CSF in patients with meningitis
IM17.9 Interpret the CSF findings when presented
with various parameters of CSF fluid analysis

70
IM17.13 Describe the pharmacology, dose, adverse
reactions and regimens of drugs used in the
treatment of bacterial, tubercular and viral meningitis
17 revision 2
18 revision 1
35

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Self-directed No. of


No. core/ non-core competency learning Hours=5
domain K/S/A
Level K/KH,
1 Treatment of malaria 1
2 Post exposure prophylaxis in various conditions 1
3 Antibiotic stewardship 1
4 Sepsis management 1
5 Management of snakebite 1
TOTAL 5

iv. PRACTICAL
Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Bedside Clinics/DOAP No. of
No. core/ non-core competency domain K/S/A weeks
S/SH, =4
ST
1 WEEK
1 VITAL SIGNS Bedside Clinics
2 GPE Bedside Clinics
3 RS Bedside Clinics
4 RS Bedside Clinics
5 RS Bedside Clinics
6 RS Bedside Clinics
ND
2 WEEK
7 DELIBERATE PRACTICE Bedside Clinics
8 CVS Bedside Clinics
9 CVS Bedside Clinics
10 CVS Bedside Clinics
11 CVS Bedside Clinics
12 DELIBERATE PRACTICE Bedside Clinics
71
3RD WEEK
13 Fever – history , physical examination , age, Bedside Clinics
comorbidities , drug use , immunizations,
diet , ethnicity : consistent approach
IM4.9 Elicit document and present a
medical history that helps delineate
the etiology of fever that includes the
evolution and pattern of fever, associated
symptoms, immune status, comorbidities,
risk factors, exposure through occupation,
travel and environment and medication use
14 Systemic examination – fever with no Bedside Clinics
specific focus, skin findings, soft tissue
findings, focal infections and neurologic
examinations. Vitals examination with
evidence of clinical DIC.
IM4.10 Perform a systematic examination
that establishes the diagnosis and severity
of presentation that includes: general skin
mucosal and lymph node examination,
chest and abdominal examination (including
examination of the liver and spleen)

15 Differential diagnosis – examination of skin, Bedside Clinics


nails, lymph nodes, eyes, ears, RS, CVS,
CNS, PA , genital regions, joints.
Temperature recordings in axilla etc,
investigations based on history and findings
– CBC, smear ,fever profile, sputum
analysis, biochemistry, urine, cultures, CXR,
USG, stool examination , CSF analysis ,
pleural fluid and ascetic fluid analysis,
decision to treat fever, use of drugs
symptomatic, anti-infective agents .
IM4.11 Generate a differential diagnosis
and prioritize based on clinical features that
help distinguish between infective,
72
inflammatory,
malignant and rheumatologic causes
IM4.12 Order and interpret diagnostic tests
based on the differential diagnosis
including: CBC with differential, peripheral
smear, urinary analysis with sediment,
Chest X ray, blood and urine cultures,
sputum gram stain and cultures, sputum
AFB and cultures, CSF analysis, pleural and
body fluid analysis, stool routine and culture
and QBC
IM4.21 Develop and present an appropriate
diagnostic plan based on the clinical
presentation, most likely diagnosis in a
prioritised and cost effective manner
IM4.25 Communicate to the patient and
family the diagnosis and treatment
16 IM20.1 Enumerate the local poisonous DOAP
snakes and describe the distinguishing
marks of each
IM20.2 Describe, demonstrate in a volunteer
or a mannequin and educate (to other
health care workers / patients) the correct
initial management of patient with a snake
bite in the field
IM20.3 Describe the initial approach to the
stabilisation of the patient who presents
with snake bite
IM20.4 Elicit and document and pre sent an
appropriate history, the circumstance, time,
kind of snake, evolution of symptoms in a
patient with snake bite
IM20.5 Perform a systematic examination,
document and present a physical
examination that includes general
examination, local examination, appropriate
cardiac and neurologic examination
73
IM20.6 Choose and interpret the appropriate
diagnostic testing in patients with snake
bites
IM20.7 Enumerate the indications and
describe the pharmacology, dose, adverse
reactions, hypersensitivity reactions of anti
snake venom
17 IM6.19 Counsel patients on prevention of DOAP
HIV transmission INTEGRATION WITH
IM6.20 Communicate diagnosis, treatment AETCOM
plan and subsequent follow up plan to
patient
IM6.21 Communicate with patients on the
importance of medication adherence
IM6.22 Demonstrate understanding of
ethical and legal issues regarding patient
confidentiality and disclosure in patients
with HIV
IM6.23 Demonstrate a non-judgemental
attitude to patients with HIV and to their
lifestyles
18 DELIBERATE PRACTICE Bedside Clinics
4TH WEEK
19 History taking in a patient with suspected Bedside Clinics
respiratory infection
IM3.4 Elicit document and present an
appropriate history including the evolution,
risk factors including immune status and
occupational risk
20 Examination of a patient with suspected Bedside Clinics
respiratory infection
IM3.5 Perform, document and demonstrate
a physical examination including general
examination and appropriate examination of
the lungs that establishes the diagnosis,
complications and severity of disease

74
21 Differential diagnosis and management BEDSIDE CLINICS AND
IM3.6 Generate document and present a DOAP
differential diagnosis based on the
clinical features, and prioritise the
diagnosis based on the presentation
IM3.7 Order and interpret diagnostic
tests based on the clinical presentation
including: CBC, Chest X ray PA view,
Mantoux, sputum gram stain, sputum
culture and sensitivity, pleural fluid
examination and culture, HIV testing and
ABG
IM3 11 . Describe and enumerate the
indications for further testing including
for further testing including HRCT, Viral
cultures, PCR and specialised testing
IM3.12 Select, describe and prescribe
based on the most likely aetiology an
appropriate empirical antimicrobial
based on the pharmacology and
antimicrobial spectrum
IM3.13 Select, describe and prescribe
based on culture and sensitivity
appropriate empaling antimicrobial
based on the pharmacology and
antimicrobial spectrum
IM3.15 Describe and enumerate the
indications for hospitalisation in patients
with pneumonia
IM3.18 Communicate and counsel
patient on family on the diagnosis and
therapy of pneumonia
IM3.19 Discuss, describe, enumerate the
indications and communicate to patients
on pneumococcal and influenza vaccines
22 IM21.6 Describe the medico legal Bedside Clinics
aspects of suspected suicidal or
75
homicidal poisoning and demonstrate
the correct procedure to write a medico
legal report on a suspected poisoning
IM21.7 Counsel family members of a
patient with suspected poisoning about
the clinical and medico legal aspects
with empathy
IM21.8 Enumerate the indications for
psychiatric consultation and describe the
precautions to be taken in a patient with
suspected suicidal ideation / gesture
23 DELIBERATE PRACTICE Bedside Clinics
24 END OF POSTING EXAMS

Skill lab

Comp Competency Description [ P] No. Duration Number of


no. required hours batches[number of
to certify students per batch]
Demonstrate in a mannequin and - 2 2/50
IM3.8 interpret results of an arterial blood
gas examination
Demonstrate in a mannequin and - 2 2/50
IM3.9,
interpret results of a pleural fluid
IM25.9
aspiration
Demonstrate the correct technique - 2 2/50
in a mannequin and interpret results
IM3.10 of a blood culture Assist in the
collection of blood and other
specimen cultures
Demonstrate in a model the correct - 2 2/50
IM6.15 technique to perform a lumbar
puncture
Total

76
CERTIFICATION OF SKILLS:

Comp Competency Need for Skill No. Duration Number of


no. Description lab [yes/no] required hours batches[number of
[ P] to certify students per batch]
-

-
-
-
Total

v. AETCOM
NIL

Sl. No. Module Number Lectures Small group No. of


[hours] [hours] Hours
AETCOM

vi. Clinical clerkship plan

UNIT-I UNIT-II UNIT-III UNIT-IV


MONDAY 10-11 am Discharge Case sheet Follow up of
OPD case presentation paper writing writing cases
5-6 pm admitted cases
presentation in
casualty/pre op
evaluation
presentation
Tuesday Post admission rounds 10-11 am Discharge Case sheet
presentation/attending OPD case paper writing
Operation Theatre and presentation writing
writing OT notes
5-6 pm

77
admitted
cases
presentation
in
casualty/pre
op evaluation
presentation
Wednesday Follow up of cases Post 10-11 am Discharge
admission OPD case paper
rounds presentation writing
presentation/ 5-6 pm
attending admitted
Operation cases
Theatre and presentation
writing OT in
notes casualty/pre
op
evaluation
presentation
Thursday Follow up of cases Follow up of Post 10-11 am
cases admission OPD case
rounds presentation
presentatio 5-6 pm
n/attending admitted
Operation cases
Theatre and presentation
writing OT in
notes casualty/pre
op
evaluation
presentation
Friday Case sheet writing Follow up of Follow up Post
cases of cases admission
rounds
presentation
/attending
Operation
78
Theatre and
writing OT
notes
SATURDAY Discharge paper Case sheet Follow up Follow up of
writing writing of cases cases

4. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

Eligibility criteria:
 Learners must secure at least 50% marks of total marks (combined in theory and
practical; not less than 40% marks in theory and practical separately) assigned for
internal assessment in order to be eligible for appearing at the University
examination.
 Student should get a minimum of 75% attendance in Theory and 80 % in Practical
classes to be eligible to appear for university examination.
 Learners must have completed the required certifiable competencies and
completed the log book.

C. FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT

THEORY INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:


 A minimum of 2 Internal Assessments (IAs) to be conducted
 One of the internal exams will be conducted like preliminary exams
 Learners who have not completed the required number of internal assessment
exams for genuine reasons will be given a chance of remediation
 Formative assessment marks shall be calculated based on scoring in written tests
and AETCOM modules.
 Formative assessment: based on day to day assessment of SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/
Tutorials/ Seminars/ Assignments [records of activities used for assessment to be
maintained by the department]
 Written exams will include MCQ’s [MCQs not exceeding 20%] / Structured Long
Essay Questions/Short essay questions/Short Answer questions
 30%of marks will be for higher order thinking
 Content under Noncore category cannot be assessed in Summative assessments.
However, the same can be assessed in Formative assessments.

79
DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL MEDICINE
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 2 Phase 3-1 Phase 3-2 Final
THEORY
IA-1 IA-2 IA-3 IA-4 IA-5 IA-6 Total
#
Theory 30 25 30 25 75 75
Writ
MCQ 10 10 10 10 20 20
ten
AETCOM* -- 05 -- 05 05 05
Formative
assessment:
SDL/Class
tests/ MCQs/ 05 05 05 10 10 10
FA
Tutorials/
Seminars/
Assignments
Logbook 05 05 05 10 10 10
Total 50 50 50 60 120 120 450
FINAL THEORY IA MARKS = 150 (final total divided by 3)
* To be included as a question in theory paper
# Pandemic module to be included in theory exam
IA-6 is Preliminary exam and hence to be conducted as two theory papers of 100
marks each, and average of both papers is used for tabulation

80
DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL MEDICINE
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 2 Phase 3-1 Phase 3-2
Final
PRACTICAL 4 weeks 4 weeks 8 weeks 4 weeks
Total
EOP-1 EOP-2 EOP-3 EOP-4
Clinical skills
assessment
(OSCE/ Mini-CEX/ 40 40 60 60
EOP Case presentation/
AETCOM)
Viva-voce (may
10 10 10 10
include AETCOM)
Formative
assessment
05 05 10 10
including Clinical-
Others
Clerkship
Logbook/ Record
05 05 10 10
book
Total 60 60 90 90 300
FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS = 150 (final total divided by 2)
At least one EOP is to be conducted with OSCE as a part of it
AETCOM may be included as an OSCE station or as a part of Viva-voce during EOP, if
it needs to be assessed in practical (Refer competency booklet & AETCOM module)
Preliminary Examinations will include Bedside Clinical Examination which will mirror
the Summative University Examinations (Practical)
FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS WILL BE AVERAGE OF EOP# AND PRELIMINARY EXAM
(EQUAL WEIGHTAGE TO BOTH)

Blue-printing of Internal assessments in General Medicine

81
Number of questions
IA-6
BLUEPRINT
IA-1 IA-2* IA-3 IA-4* IA-5* Preliminary Exam*
Paper 1 Paper 2
MCQ
10 10 10 10 20 20 20
(1 mark each)
Structured Long
Essay 00 00 01 01 02 02 02
(10 marks each)
Short Essay
04 04 02 02 08 08 08
(5 marks each)
Short Answer
05 05 05 05 10 10 10
(2 marks each)
Total
40 40 40 40 100 100 100
(in marks)
*AETCOM should have a weightage of 5 marks

B. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:
General medicine is learnt and assessed during professional years [PY] 2 and 3 part 1,
3rd part 2. SA will be held at the end of 3rd professional year part 2.
Pass criteria:
 University Theory Exam – Student should secure at least 50% marks in theory to
pass.
 University Practical Exam – Student shall secure at least 50% marks (including Viva-
voce) to pass
 Student shall secure at least 50% of the total marks (combined in theory and
practical) assigned for internal assessment in order to be declared successful at the
final university exam of that subject.
 Internal assessment will appear as a separate head of passing at summative exams
 A candidate, who has not secured requisite aggregate in the internal assessment has
to successfully complete the remediation measures prescribed by the University.
Candidates who fail to meet prescribed 50% marks in internal assessment after
availing remedial measures will not be eligible for the university exams.
82
6. INTEGRATION:

Competency list for integration


SL Comp Competency to be nesting/ Integrating department
No. integrated sharing/ Horizontal Vertical
aligning
/correlation
1 IM3.14 Perform and sharing Respiratory Microbiology
IM4.13 interpret a medicine
IM4.14 sputum gram
IM6.14 stain and AFB
Perform and
interpret a
sputum gram
stain
Perform and
interpret a
sputum AFB
Perform and
interpret AFB
sputum
2 IM4.20 Interpret a PPD Pediatrics Microbiology
(Mantoux) Respiratory
medicine
3 IM4.15 Perform and Microbiology
interpret a
malarial smear
4 IM6.22 Demonstrate sharing AETCOM
IM6.23 understanding of Respiratory
ethical and legal medicine
issues regarding dermatology
patient
confidentiality
and disclosure in
patients with HIV
Demonstrate a
non-judgemental
83
attitude to
patients with HIV
and to their
lifestyles
5 IM21.6 Describe the Casualty, Forensic
IM21.7 medico legal psychiatry Medicine
aspects of
suspected
suicidal or
homicidal
poisoning and
demonstrate the
correct procedure
to write a medico
legal report on a
suspected
poisoning
Counsel family
members of a
patient with
suspected
poisoning about
the clinical and
medico legal
aspects with
empathy IM21.8
Enumerate the
indications for
psychiatric
consultation and
describe the
precautions to be
taken in a patient
with suspected
suicidal ideation /
gesture

84
7. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS, REFERENCE BOOKS AND ATLAS

Text Books
Note: A single textbook may not cover the entire curriculum. Referring to more than one
book is recommended.
Recent editions of:
Y P Munjal, API Textbook of medicine
Nicki R.C., Brain R.W. Stuart Davidson's Principles & Practice of Medicine,
Maxine A P Current medical diagnosis and treatment
Graham D, Macleod’s clinical examination
Boloor A, Padakanti A- An insider’s guide to clinical medicine
K R Sethuraman, objective structured clinical examination

Reference books
Harrison’s principles of medicine
David A Warrell Oxford Textbook of Medicine
Goldman and Cecil, Medicine
Wolters Kluver, Interpretation of diagnostic tests
Michael Glyms, Hutchison’s clinical methods
Praveen Kumar Michael Clark, Clinical Medicine,
Washington manual of medical therapeutic
Journals
Journal Of Association Of Physicians Of India
Evidence based medicine source:
UPTODATE/BMJ Best practice

*********

85
PAEDIATRICS

1. GOAL
The aim of teaching the undergraduate student is to impart such knowledge, skills
and attitude that may enable him/her to prevent, diagnose and treat common
childhood illness including neonatal disorders, implement national programs and
refer when needed to specialist.

2. OBJECTIVES

2.1 KNOWLEDGE
At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
1. Explain the principles of optimal growth, development and nutrition of child, and
adolescents and identify deviation from normal.
2. Enumerate the principle of optimal neonatal care.
3. Describe and analyze the emergency and routine ambulatory and first level referral
unit care for neonate, infants, children and adolescents.
4. Enumerate the principles of health promotion and prevention of disease in children
5. Describe the various causes, types and management of children with special needs.
6. Describe the national programs related to child health including integrated
management of neonatal & childhood illness IMNCI

2.2 SKILLS
At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
1. Practice principles of paediatrics medicine in hospital and community setting.
2. Interpret the optimal growth, development and nutrition of neonates, children and
adolescent and identify deviations from normal.
3. Perform procedure as indicated for children of all ages in the primary care settings.
4. Provide optimal neonatal care at community settings.
5. Demonstration art of communication in regards to child hood illness

2.3 ATTITUDE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS


At the end of the course, the learner shall be able to:
At the end of the course, the learner shall be able to
1. Respect patient’s autonomy
2. Do no harm
3. Understand and follow the principle of beneficence

86
4. Think and act in a just manner
5. Demonstrate empathy,
6. Respect privacy
7. Maintain confidentiality
8. Communicate effectively to the child and his/her caretakers
9. Educate and counsel the patient and family,
10. Maintain punctuality
11. Work in a team of peers, seniors and interdepartmental personnel.
12. Evaluate the ethics, scientific procedures, social and legal implications involved in
the management of childhood illnesses.

2.4 INTEGRATION
The teaching should be aligned and integrated horizontally and vertically in order to
provide comprehensive care for neonates, infants, children and adolescents based on a
sound knowledge of growth, development, disease and their clinical, social, emotional,
psychological correlates in the context of national health priorities.

3. TEACHING HOURS AND COURSE CONTENT


E. Teaching Hours
Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Theory
No Hours
1 Large group teaching 20
2 Small group teaching (SGT) : SGD/Tutorials/Seminars 30
3 Self-directed Learning( SDL) 05
TOTAL 55

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Practicals
No Weeks
1 Bedside clinics 4
TOTAL

Sl. No Teaching Learning Method No. of Hours


1 AETCOM
2 Skill Lab
TOTAL

87
F. Course contents
THEORY
i. 3 Phase, 1’term : THEORY
ii. Large Group Teaching : 20 Hrs

Sl. PE Topic/ System : (With Core Large No. of


No. Competency Number) core/ non- group Hours=20
core competency teaching
domain K
LEVEL
K/KH,
1 PE1.1 Define the terminologies Growth Y K KH 1 hour
and development and discuss the
(1)
factors affecting normal growth
and development
PE1.2 Discuss and describe the patterns Y K KH
of growth in infants, children and
adolescents
PE1.3 Discuss and describe the methods Y K KH
of assessment of growth
including use of WHO and Indian
national standards. Enumerate
the parameters used for
assessment of physical growth in
infants, children and adolescents
PE1.5 Define development and discuss Y K KH 1 hour
the normal developmental mile
(2)
stones with respect to motor,
behaviour, social, adaptive and
language
PE1.6 Discuss the methods of Y K KH
assessment of development
2 PE2.1 Discuss the etio-pathogenesis, Y K KH 1 hour
clinical features and management
of a child who fails to thrive (3)
PE2.4 Discuss the etio-pathogenesis, Y K KH
clinical features and management
of
a child with short stature
PE2.6 Enumerate the referral criteria for Y K K
growth related problems

88
Breast Feeding
3 PE7.1 Awareness on the cultural beliefs N K K 1 hour (4)
and practices of breast feeding
PE7.2 Explain the physiology of Y K KH
lactation
PE7.3 Describe the composition and Y K KH
types of breast milk and discuss
the differences between cow’s
milk and Human milk
PE7.4 Discuss the advantages of breast Y K KH
milk
PE7.6 Enumerate the baby friendly Y K KH
hospital initiatives

4 Micronutrients in Health and


disease-1 (Vitamins ADEK, B
Complex and C)
PE12.1 Discuss the RDA, dietary sources Y K K 1 hour
of Vitamin A and their role in
(5)
Health and disease
PE12.2 Describe the causes, clinical Y K KH
features, diagnosis and
management
of Deficiency / excess of Vitamin
A
PE12.5 Discuss the Vitamin A Y K K
prophylaxis program and their
recommendations
PE12.6 Discuss the RDA, dietary sources Y K K
of Vitamin D and their role in
health and disease
PE12.7 Describe the causes, clinical Y K KH
features, diagnosis and
management
of Deficiency / excess of Vitamin
D (Rickets and Hypervitaminosis
D)

PE12.10 Discuss the role of screening for Y K K


Vitamin D deficiency
PE12.11 Discuss the RDA, dietary sources N K K 1 hour
of Vitamin E and their role in
(6)
health and disease
PE12.12 Describe the causes, clinical N K KH
features, diagnosis and
management of deficiency of
89
Vitamin E
PE12.13 Discuss the RDA, dietary sources N K K
of Vitamin K and their role in
health and disease
PE12.14 Describe the causes, clinical N K KH
features, diagnosis management
and prevention of deficiency of
Vitamin K
PE12.15 Discuss the RDA, dietary sources Y K K 1 hour
of Vitamin B and their role in
(7)
health and disease
PE12.16 Describe the causes, clinical Y K KH
features, diagnosis and
management
of deficiency of B complex
Vitamins
PE12.19 Discuss the RDA , dietary sources Y K KH
of Vitamin C and their role in
Health and disease
PE12.20 Describe the causes, clinical Y K KH
features, diagnosis and
management
of deficiency of Vitamin C
(scurvy)

5 Care of the Normal New born,


and High risk New born
A PE20.1 Define the common neonatal Y K KH 1 hour
nomenclatures including the
(8)
classification and describe the
characteristics of a Normal Term
Neonate and High Risk Neonates
PE20.2 Explain the care of a normal Y K KH
neonate

B PE20.7 Discuss the etiology, clinical Y K KH 1 hour


features and management of Birth
asphyxia (9)

C PE20.8 Discuss the etiology, clinical Y K KH 1 hour


features and management of
respiratory distress in New born (10)
including meconium aspiration
and transient tachypnoea of
newborn

90
D PE20.9 Discuss the etiology, clinical Y K KH 1 hour
features and management of Birth
(11)
injuries
E PE20.10 Discuss the etiology, clinical Y K KH 1 hour
features and management of
(12)
Hemorrhagic disease of New born

F PE20.11 Discuss the clinical Y K KH 1 hour


characteristics, complications
and management (13)
of Low birth weight (preterm and
Small for gestation)

G PE20.20 Identify clinical presentations of Y K KH 1 hour


common surgical conditions in
the (14)
new born including TEF,
esophageal atresia, anal atresia,
cleft lip and palate, congenital
diaphragmatic hernia and causes
of acute abdomen
6 Malabsorption
PE25.1 Discuss the etio-pathogenesis, N K KH 1 hour
clinical presentation and
management of Malabsorption in (15)
Children and its causes including
celiac disease

7 Integrated Management of
Neonatal and Childhood Illnesses
(IMNCI) Guideline
PE16.1 Explain the components of Y K KH 1 hour
Integrated Management of
Neonatal and (16)
Childhood Illnesses (IMNCI)
guidelines and method of Risk
stratification

8 The National Health programs,


NHM
PE17.1 State the vision and outline the Y K KH 1 hour
goals, strategies and plan of
action of NHM and other (17)
important national programs
pertaining to maternal and child
health including RMNCH A+,
RBSK, RKSK, JSSK mission
Indradhanush and ICDS

91
9 The National Health Programs:
RCH
PE18.1 List and explain the components, Y K KH 1 hour
plan, outcome of Reproductive
(18)
Child Health (RCH) program and
appraise its monitoring and
evaluation
PE18.2 Explain preventive interventions Y K KH 1 hour
for child survival and safe
(19)
motherhood

10 Diarrhoeal diseases and


Dehydration
PE24.6 Discuss the causes, clinical Y K KH 1 hour
presentation and management of
(20)
persistent diarrhoea in children
PE24.7 Discuss the causes, clinical Y K KH
presentation and management of
chronic diarrhoea in children

Small Group Teaching ; 30 Hrs

Sl. PE Topic/ System : (With Core Small group No. of


No. Competency Number) core/ non- teaching Hours=30
core competency domain
K/S/A
Level
K/KH/S/SH,
Complementary Feeding
1 PE8.1 Define the term Complementary Y K K 1 hour(1)
Feeding
PE8.2 Discuss the principles, the Y K KH
initiation, attributes, frequency,
techniques and hygiene
related to omplementary
Feeding including IYCF
PE8.3 Enumerate the common Y K K
complimentary foods

2 Obesity in children
PE11.1 Describe the common etiology, Y K KH 1 hour
92
clinical features and (2)
management of obesity in
children
PE11.2 Discuss the risk approach for Y K KH
obesity and discuss the
prevention strategies
PE11.6 Discuss criteria for referral Y K K

3 Normal nutrition, assessment


and monitoring
PE9.1 Describe the age related Y K KH 1 hour
nutritional needs of infants,
children and adolescents (3)
including micronutrients and
vitamins
PE9.2 Describe the tools and methods Y K KH
for assessment and classification
of nutritional status of infants,
children and adolescents
PE9.3 Explains the Calorific value of Y K KH
common Indian foods

4 Common nutritional problems


PE10.1 Define and describe the etio- Y K KH 1 hour
pathogenesis, classify including (4)
WHO classification, clinical
features, complication and
management of Severe Acute
Malnourishment (SAM) and
Moderate Acute Malnutrition
(MAM)
PE10.2 Outline the clinical approach to a Y K KH
child with SAM and MAM
PE10.6 Enumerate the role of locally N K K
prepared therapeutic diets and
ready to use therapeutic diets
5 Micronutrients in Health and
disease -2: Iron, Iodine, Calcium,
Magnesium
PE13.1 Discuss the RDA, dietary sources Y K K 1 hour
of Iron and their role in health
(5)
and disease
PE13.2 Describe the causes, diagnosis Y K KH
and management of Fe deficiency

93
PE13.6 Discuss the National anaemia Y K K
control program and its
recommendations
PE13.7 Discuss the RDA , dietary sources Y K K
of Iodine and their role in Health
and disease
PE13.8 Describe the causes, diagnosis Y K KH
and management of deficiency of
Iodine
PE13.9 Identify the clinical features of N S SH
Iodine deficiency disorders
PE13.10 Discuss the National Goiter Y K K
Control program and their
recommendations
PE13.11 Discuss the RDA, dietary sources Y K K 1 hour
of Calcium and their role in health
(6)
and disease
PE13.12 Describe the causes, clinical Y K KH
features, diagnosis and
management of Ca Deficiency
PE13.13 Discuss the RDA, dietary sources N K K
of Magnesium and their role in
health and disease
PE13.14 Describe the causes, clinical N K KH
features, diagnosis and
management of Magnesium
Deficiency

6 Fluid and electrolyte balance


PE15.1 Discuss the fluid and electrolyte Y K KH 1 hour
requirement in health and (7)
disease
PE15.2 Discuss the clinical features and Y K KH
complications of fluid and
electrolyte imbalance and outline
the management
PE15.3 Calculate the fluid and electrolyte Y S SH
requirement in health
7 Chromosomal Abnormalities
PE32.1 Discuss the genetic basis, risk Y K KH 1 hour
factors, complications, prenatal
(8)
diagnosis, management and
genetic counselling in Down’s
Syndrome

94
PE32.4 Discuss the referral criteria and Y K KH
Multidisciplinary approach to
management
PE32.6 Discuss the genetic basis, risk N K KH
factors, clinical features,
complications, prenatal diagnosis,
management and genetic
counselling in Turner’s Syndrome
PE32.9 Discuss the referral criteria and N K KH
multidisciplinary approach to
management of Turner Syndrome
PE32.11 Discuss the genetic basis, risk Y K KH
factors, complications, prenatal
diagnosis, management and
genetic counselling in Klineferlter
Syndrome

8 Care of the Normal New born, and


High risk New born
A PE20.12 Discuss the temperature Y K KH 1 hour
regulation in neonates, clinical
features and management of (9)
Neonatal Hypothermia

B PE20.13 Discuss the temperature Y K KH 1 hour


regulation in neonates, clinical
features and management of (10)
Neonatal Hypoglycemia

C PE20.14 Discuss the etiology, clinical Y K KH 1 hour


features and management of
Neonatal (11)
hypocalcemia

D PE20.15 Discuss the etiology, clinical Y K KH 1 hour


features and management of
Neonatal (12)
seizures

E PE20.16 Discuss the etiology, clinical Y K KH 1 hour


features and management of
Neonatal (13)
Sepsis

95
F PE20.17 Discuss the etiology, clinical Y K KH 1 hour
features and management of
Perinatal (14)
infections

G PE20.19 Discuss the etiology, clinical Y K KH 1 hour


features and management of
Neonatal (15)
hyperbilirubinemia
9 Vaccine preventable Diseases -
Tuberculosis
A PE34.12 Enumerate the indications and Y K KH 1 hour
discuss the limitations of
methods of culturing M.Tuberculii (16)
PE34.13 Enumerate the newer diagnostic N K K
tools for Tuberculosis including
BACTEC CBNAAT and their
indications

B PE34.15 Enumerate the common causes of Y K KH 1 hour


fever and discuss the
(17)
etiopathogenesis, clinical
features, complications and
management of child with
exanthematous illnesses like
Measles, Mumps, Rubella
& Chicken pox

C PE34.18 Enumerate the common causes of Y K KH 1 hour


fever and discuss the
etiopathogenesis, clinical (18)
features, complications and
management of child with
Dengue, Chikungunya and other
vector born diseases

D PE34.19 Enumerate the common causes of Y K KH 1 hour


fever and discuss the
etiopathogenesis, clinical (19)
features, complications and
management of children with
96
Common Parasitic infections,
malaria, leishmaniasis, filariasis,
helminthic infestations,
amebiasis, giardiasis

E PE34.20 Enumerate the common causes of Y K KH 1 hour


fever and discuss the
(20)
etiopathogenesis, clinical
features, complications and
management of child with
Ricketsial diseases

F PE24.8 Discuss the causes, clinical Y K KH 1 hour


presentation and management of
(21)
dysentery in children

G PE34.16 Enumerate the common causes of Y K KH 1 hour


fever and discuss the
etiopathogenesis, clinical (21)
features, complications and
management of child with
Diphtheria, Pertussis, Tetanus

H PE34.17 Enumerate the common causes of Y K KH 1 hour


fever and discuss the
etiopathogenesis, clinical (22)
features, complications and
management of child with
Typhoid
10 Common problems related to
Development -1 (Developmental
delay , Cerebral palsy)
A PE3.1 Define, enumerate and discuss Y K K 1hour
the causes of developmental
delay (23)
and disability including
intellectual disability in children
PE3.2 Discuss the approach to a child Y K K
with developmental delay

B PE3.8 Discuss the etio-pathogenesis, Y K KH 1 hour


clinical presentation and multi-
disciplinary approach in the (24)
management of Cerebral palsy
97
PE3.5 Discuss the role of the child N K K
developmental unit in
management of
developmental delay
PE3.6 Discuss the referral criteria for Y K K
children with developmental delay

11 Common problems related to


Development-2 (Scholastic
backwardness, Learning
Disabilities , Autism , ADHD
A PE4.1 Discuss the causes and approach N K K 1 hour
to a child with scholastic (25)
backwardness
PE4.2 Discuss the etiology, clinical N K K
features, diagnosis and
management of a child with
Learning Disabilities
B PE4.3 Discuss the etiology, clinical N K K 1hour
features, diagnosis and (26)
management
of a child with Attention Deficit
Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)

C PE4.4 Discuss the etiology, clinical N K K 1hour


features, diagnosis and (27)
management
of a child with Autism
PE4.5 Discuss the role of Child N K K
Guidance clinic in children with
Developmental problems

12 Common problems related to


behavior
A PE5.1 Describe the clinical features, N K K 1hour
diagnosis and management of (28)
thumb
sucking
PE5.3 Describe the clinical features, N K K
diagnosis and management of
nail
biting
PE5.5 Describe the clinical features, N K K
98
diagnosis and management of
temper
tantrums
PE5.4 Describe the clinical features, N K K
diagnosis and management of
Breath
Holding spells

B PE5.6 Describe the clinical features, N K K 1hour


diagnosis and management of (29)
Pica
PE5.2 Describe the clinical features, N K K
diagnosis and management of
Feeding problems
PE5.10 Discuss the role of child guidance N K K
clinic in children with behavioural
problems and the referral criteria

C PE5.8 Discuss the etiology, clinical N K K 1hour


features and management of (30)
Enuresis
PE5.9 Discuss the etiology, clinical N K K
features and management of
Encopresis
PE5.7 Describe the clinical features, N K K
diagnosis and management of
Fussy
infant
Self Directed Learning (SDL) : 5 Hours

Sl. Core Self- No. of


No. PE Topic/ System : (With directed Hours=5
Competency Number) core/ non- learning
core competency domain
K/S/A
Level K/KH,
1 National Programs, RCH -
Universal Immunizations program

A PE19.1 Explain the components of the Y K KH 1 hour


Universal Immunization Program
and (1)

99
the National Immunization
Program
PE19.2 Explain the epidemiology of Y K KH
Vaccine preventable diseases
PE19.3 Vaccine description with regard Y K KH
to classification of vaccines,
strain
used, dose, route,
schedule, risks, benefits
and side effects,
indications and
contraindications

B PE19.4 Define cold chain and discuss the Y K KH 1 hour


methods of safe storage and
(2)
handling of vaccines
PE19.5 Discuss immunization in special Y K KH
situations – HIV positive children,
immunodeficiency, pre-term,
organ transplants, those who
received blood and blood
products, splenectomised
children, adolescents, travellers
PE19.15 Explain the term implied consent Y K K
in Immunization services
PE19.16 Enumerate available newer N K K
vaccines and their indications
including
pentavalent pneumococcal,
rotavirus, JE, typhoid IPV & HPV
2 Diarrhoeal diseases and
Dehydration

A PE24.1 Discuss the etio-pathogenesis, Y K KH 1 hour


classification, clinical
presentation (3)
and management of diarrheal
diseases in children
PE24.2 Discuss the classification and Y K KH
clinical presentation of various
types
of diarrheal dehydration
100
B PE24.3 Discuss the physiological basis of Y K KH 1 hour
ORT, types of ORS and the
(4)
composition of various types of
ORS
PE24.4 Discuss the types of fluid used in Y K KH
Paediatric diarrheal diseases and
their composition
PE24.5 Discuss the role of antibiotics, Y K KH
antispasmodics, anti-secretory
drugs, probiotics, anti-emetics in
acute diarrheal diseases

3 Vaccine preventable Diseases -


Tuberculosis
A PE34.1 Discuss the epidemiology, clinical Y K KH 1 hour
features, clinical types,
(5)
complications of Tuberculosis in
Children and Adolescents
PE34.2 Discuss the various diagnostic Y K KH
tools for childhood tuberculosis
PE34.3 Discuss the various regimens for Y K KH
management of Tuberculosis as
per National Guidelines
PE34.4 Discuss the preventive strategies Y K KH
adopted and the objectives and
outcome of the National
Tuberculosis Control Program

vii. PRACTICAL
Sl Comp no Topic/ system Core Domain Bed Week
No PE K/S/A Side/ /hours
Level DOAP /
K/KH,
1 Adolescent Health & Vitamins AD
PE6.9 Perform routine Adolescent Y S SH Bedside 3
Health check up including clinics Hour
eliciting s (1)
history, performing
examination including
SMR (Sexual Maturity

101
Rating), growth
assessments (using
Growth charts) and
systemic exam including
thyroid and Breast exam
and the HEADSS
screening
PE12.3 Identify the clinical features Y S SH Bedside
of dietary deficiency / excess clinics,
of Vitamin
A
PE12.4 Diagnose patients with N S SH Bedside
Vitamin A deficiency, classify clinics,
and plan Skill
management Station
PE12.8 Identify the clinical features Y S SH Bedside
of dietary deficiency of clinics,
Vitamin D Skills
lab
PE12.9 Assess patients with Vitamin Y S SH Bedside
D deficiency, diagnose, clinics
classify and
plan management
2 Vitamins B complex, C
PE12.17 Identify the clinical features Y S SH Bedside 3
of Vitamin B complex clinics, hour
deficiency Skills (2)
lab
PE12.18 Diagnose patients with Y S SH Bedside
Vitamin B complex clinics,
deficiency and plan Skills lab
management
PE12.21 Identify the clinical features Y S SH Bedside
of Vitamin C deficiency clinics,

3 in Health and disease -2:


Iron, Iodine, Electrolytes.
PE13.3 Identify the clinical features Y S SH Bedside 3
of dietary deficiency of Iron clinics, hour
and make a Skills (3)
diagnosis lab
PE13.4 Interpret hemogram and Iron Y S SH Bedside
Panel clinic,
102
PE13.5 Propose a management plan Y S SH Bedside
for Fe deficiency anaemia clinics,
Skills
lab
PE15.3 Calculate the fluid and Y S SH Bedside
electrolyte requirement in clinics,
health Small
group
discussio
n
PE15.4 Interpret electrolyte report Y S SH Bedside
clinics,
Small
group
discussio
n
PE15.5 Calculate fluid and Y S SH Bedside
electrolyte imbalance clinics,
Small
group
discussio
n
4 Revision class
Revision class 3
hour
s (4)

5 Diarrhoeal diseases and


Dehydration
A PE24.9 Elicit, document and present Y S SH Bedside 3 hour
history pertaining to clinics,
diarrheal diseases Skills (5)
lab
PE24.10 Assess for signs of Y S SH Bedside
dehydration, document and clinics,
present Skills
lab
PE24.11 Apply the IMNCI guidelines in Y S SH Bedside
risk stratification of children clinics,
with Skills
diarrheal dehydration and lab
refer

103
B PE24.12 Perform and interpret stool N S SH N 3 hour
examination including
Hanging Drop (6)
PE24.13 Interpret RFT and electrolyte Y S SH Y
report
PE24.14 Plan fluid management as Y S SH Y
per the WHO criteria
2 2 week
A Care of the Normal New
born, and High risk New
born
PE20.4 Assessment of a normal Y S Bedside 3
neonate SH clinics, hour
Skills s (1)
lab
PE18.6 Perform Postnatal Y S Bed side
assessment of newborn and SH clinics,
mother, provide Skill
advice on breast feeding, Lab
weaning and on family
planning

B Chromosomal Abnormalities
PE32.2 Identify the clinical features Y S Bedside 3 hours
of Down’s Syndrome SH clinics,
Skills (2)
lab
PE32.3 Interpret normal Karyotype Y S SH Bedside
and recognize Trisomy 21 clinics,
Skills
lab
PE32.5 Counsel parents regarding 1. N A/C SH Bedside
Present child clinics,
2. Risk in the next pregnancy Skills
lab
PE32.7 Identify the clinical features N S SH Bedside
of Turner Syndrome clinics,
Skills
lab
PE32.8 Interpret normal Karyotype N S SH Bedside
and recognize the Turner clinics,
Karyotype Skills
lab
PE32.10 Counsel parents regarding 1. N A/C SH Bedside
Present child clinics,
2. Risk in the next pregnancy Skills
lab
C PE32.12 Identify the clinical features N S SH Bedside 3
of Klineferlter Syndrome clinics,
104
Skills hours
lab (3)
PE32.13 Interpret normal Karyotype N S SH Bedside
and recognize the Klineferlter clinics,
Karyotype Skills
lab
Revision Class

D Vaccine preventable
Diseases & Infectious illness
(1) PE34.5 Able to elicit, document and Y S SH Bedside 3
present history of contact clinics,
with Skill hours
tuberculosis in every patient lab (4)
encounter
PE34.6 Identify a BCG scar Y S Bedside
P clinics,
Skills lab
PE34.7 Interpret a Mantoux test Y S Bedside
P clinics
Skills lab

( 2) PE34.8 Interpret a Chest Radiograph Y S SH Bedside 3


clinics
Skil hours
ls (5)
lab
PE34.9 Interpret blood tests in the N S SH Bedside
context of laboratory clinics,
evidence for small
tuberculosis group
PE34.10 Discuss the various samples Y K KH Bedside
for demonstrating the clinics,
organism e.g. small
Gastric Aspirate, Sputum , group
CSF, FNAC

E Mid Posting Exam / revision 3


Class hours
(6)

105
3 Cardiovascular system- Heart 3
Diseases week
A PE23.7 Elicit appropriate history for Y S SH Bedside 3
a cardiac disease, analyse clinics,
the Skills hours
symptoms e.g. lab (1)
breathlessness, chest pain,
tachycardia, feeding
difficulty, failing to thrive,
reduced urinary output,
swelling, syncope, cyanotic
spells, Suck rest cycle,
frontal swelling in infants.
Document and present
PE23.8 Identify external markers of a Y S SH Bedside
cardiac disease e.g. clinics,
Cyanosis, Skills
Clubbing, dependent edema, Lab
dental caries, arthritis,
erythema rash, chorea,
subcutaneous nodules,
Oslers node, Janeway
lesions and document

B PE23.9 Record pulse, blood pressure, Y S SH Bedside 3


temperature and respiratory clinics,
rate and Skills hours
interpret as per the age lab (2)
PE23.10 Perform independently Y S SH Bedside
examination of the clinics,
cardiovascular system – Skills lab
look for precordial bulge,
pulsations in the
precordium, JVP and its
significance in children and
infants, relevance of
percussion in Pediatric
examination, Auscultation
and other system

106
examination and document

C PE23.11 Develop a treatment plan and Y S SH Bedside 3


prescribe appropriate drugs clinics,
including Skills hours
fluids in cardiac diseases, lab (3)
anti -failure drugs, and
inotropic agents
PE23.12 Interpret a chest X ray and Y S SH Bedside
recognize Cardiomegaly clinics,
Skills
lab
D PE23.13 Choose and Interpret blood Y S P Bedside 3
reports in Cardiac illness clinics,
Small hours
group (4)
discussio
n
PE23.14 Interpret Pediatric ECG Y S SH Bedside
clinics,
Skills
lab
PE23.15 Use the ECHO reports in Y S SH Bedsid
management of cases e
clinics

E Revision Class 3
hours
(5)

F Revision Class 3
hours
(6)

4 Respiratory system 4
week
A PE28.9 Elicit, document and present Y S SH Bed 3
age appropriate history of a side
107
child with clini hours
upper respiratory problem cs
(1)
including Stridor

PE28.10 Perform otoscopic Y S SH DOAP


examination of the ear session
PE28.11 Perform throat examination Y S SH DOAP
using tongue depressor session
PE28.12 Perform examination of the Y S SH DOAP
nose session

B PE28.13 Analyse the clinical Y S SH Bedside 3


symptoms and interpret clinics
physical findings and hours
make a provisional / (2)
differential diagnosis in a
child with ENT
symptoms
PE28.14 Develop a treatment plan and Y S SH Bedside
document appropriately in a clinics
child with
upper respiratory symptoms

C PE28.15 Stratify risk in children with Y S SH Bedside 3


stridor using IMNCI clinics
guidelines hours
(3)
PE28.16 Interpret blood tests relevant N S SH Bedside
to upper respiratory clinics,
problems Small
group
discussio
n

D PE28.17 Interpret X-ray of the Y S SH Bedside 3


paranasal sinuses and clinics,
mastoid; and /or use Small hours
written report in case of group (4)
management discussio
Interpret CXR in foreign body n
aspiration and lower
respiratory tract infection,
understand the significance

108
of thymic shadow in
pediatric chest X-rays
PE28.18 Describe the etio- Y S SH Bedside
pathogenesis, diagnosis, clinics,
clinical features, Small
management and prevention grou
of lower respiratory p
infections including disc
bronchiolitis, wheeze ussi
associated LRTI Pneumonia on,
and empyema Lect
ure

E PE28.19 Describe the etio- Y S SH Bedside 3


pathogenesis, diagnosis, clinics,
clinical features, Small hours
management and prevention grou (5)
of asthma in children p
disc
ussi
on,
Lect
ure
PE28.20 Counsel the child with Y S SH Bedside
asthma on the correct use of clinics,
inhalers in a Small
simulated environment grou
p
disc
ussi
on,
Lect
ure

F End Posting Exam 3


hours
(6)

109
SKILL LAB:
PE1.4 Perform anthropometric measurements, document in growth charts
and interpret
Minimum number required to certify-3*

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty & Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) Date Initial of
Learner
with Date

*Additional rows have been provided to document repeat or remediation, as the case
may be.
**A numerical value may be used.

Only performance is to be documented here. Other details like steps (if


required) can be documented in the student record book.

110
PE1.7 Perform developmental assessment and interpret

Minimum number required to certify-3

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty & Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) Date Initial of
Learner
with Date

PE7.5 Observe the correct technique of breast feeding and distinguish


right from wrong techniques
Minimum number required to certify-3
Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback
Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty & Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) Date Initial of
Learner
with Date

111
PE11.5 Calculate BMI, document in BMI chart and interpret

Minimum number required to certify-3

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty & Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) Date Initial of
Learner
with Date

PE19.6 Assess patient for fitness for immunization and prescribe an age-
appropriate immunization schedule

Minimum number required to certify- 5

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty & Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) Date Initial of
Learner
with Date

112
PE24.15 Perform NG tube insertion in a manikin

Minimum number required to certify-2

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty & Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) Date Initial of
Learner
with Date

PE24.16 Perform IV cannulation in a model

Minimum number required to certify-2

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty & Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) Date Initial of
Learner
with Date

113
PE24.17 Perform interosseous insertion in a model
Minimum number required to certify-2

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty & Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) Date Initial of
Learner with
Date

PE27.15 Assess airway and breathing: recognize signs of severe respiratory


distress. Check for cyanosis, severe chest indrawing, grunting

Minimum number required to certify- 3

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Facult Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) y& Initial of
Date Learner with
Date

114
PE27.16 Assess airway and breathing. Demonstrate the method of positioning
of an infant & child to open airway in a simulated environment
Minimum number required to certify- 3

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty & Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) Date Initial of
Learner
with Date

PE27.17 Assess airway and breathing: administer oxygen using correct


technique and appropriate flow rate
Minimum number required to certify- 3

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty & Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) Date Initial of
Learner
with Date

115
PE27.18 Assess airway and breathing: perform assisted ventilation by Bag and
mask in a simulated environment
Minimum number required to certify- 3

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty & Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) Date Initial of
Learner with
Date

PE27.19 Check for signs of shock i.e., Pulse, Blood Pressure, CRT

Minimum number required to certify- 3

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Facult Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) y& Initial of
Date Learner with
Date

116
PE27.20 Secure an IV access in a simulated environment

Minimum number required to certify- 3

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty & Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) Date Initial of
Learner
with Date

PF27.21 Choose the type of fluid and calculate the fluid requirement in shock

Minimum number required to certify- 3

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty & Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) Date Initial of
Learner
with Date

117
PE27.22 Assess level of consciousness & provide emergency treatment to a
child with convulsions/ coma

- Position an unconscious child


- Position a child with suspected trauma
- Administer IV/per rectal Diazepam for a convulsing child in a
simulated environment
Minimum number required to certify- 3
Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback
Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty & Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) Date Initial of
Learner
with Date

PE27.23 Assess for signs of severe dehydration

Minimum number required to certify- 3

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty & Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) Date Initial of
Learner with
Date

118
PE27.28 Provide BLS for children in manikin

Minimum number required to certify- 3

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Facult Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) y& Initial of
Date Learner with
Date

PE33.6 Perform and interpret urine dip stick for sugar

Minimum number required to certify- 3

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Facult Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) y& Initial of
Date Learner with
Date

119
PE33.11 Identify deviations in growth and plan appropriate referral

Minimum number required to certify- 2

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


Completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) & Date Initial of
Learner with
Date

PE 34.6 Identify a BCG scar


Minimum number required to certify - 3

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Facult Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) y& Initial of
Date Learner with
Date

120
PE34.7 Interpret a Mantoux test

Minimum number required to certify- 3

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Facul Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) ty & Initial of Learner
Date with Date

PE 34.11 Perform AFB staning


Minimum number required to certify –3

Date Attempt at Rating Decision of Initial of Feedback


completed Competency (B/M/E) ** Faculty Faculty & Received
(F/R/Re) (C/R/Re) Date Initial of
Learner
with Date

121
CERTIFIABLE OF SKILLS:

Number Competency Details Number Date Reference


required to completed Page no.
Certify P
PE 1.4 Perform anthropometric 3
measurements,
document in growth charts and
interpret
PE 1.7 Perform developmental assessment 3
and
interpret
PE 7.5 Observe the correct technique of 3
breast feeding and distinguish right
from wrong techniques
PE 11.5 Calculate BMI, document in BMI 3
chart and interpret
PE 19.6 Assess patient for fitness for 5
immunization and prescribe an age-
appropriate immunization schedule
PE 24.15 Perform NG tube insertion in a 2
manikin
PE 24.16 Perform IV cannulation in a model 2
PE 24.17 Perform interosseous insertion 2
model
PE 27.15 Assess airway and breathing: 3
recognize signs of severe
respiratory distress. Check for
cyanosis, severe chest indrawing,
grunting
PE 27.16 Assess airway and breathing. 3
Demonstrate the method of
positioning of an infant & child to
open airway in a simulated
environment
PE 27.17 Assess airway and breathing: 3
administer oxygen using correct
technique and appropriate flow
rate

122
PE 27.18 Assess airway and breathing: 3
perform assisted ventilation by
bag and mask in a simulated
environment
PE 27.19 Check for signs of shock i.e. pulse, 3
blood pressure, CRT
PE 27.20 Secure an IV access in a simulated 3
environment
PE 27.21 Choose the type of fluid and 3
calculate the fluid requirement in
shock
PE 27.22 Assess level of consciousness & 3
provide emergency treatment to a
child with convulsions/coma
Position an unconscious child
Position a child with suspected
trauma Administer IV/per rectal
Diazepam for a convulsing child in
a simulated environment
PE 27.23 Assess for signs of severe 3
dehydration
PE 27.28 Provide BLS for children in 3
manikin
PE 33.6 Perform and interpret urine dip 3
stick for sugar
PE 33.11 Identify deviations in growth and 2
plan appropriate referral
PE 34.6 Identify a BCG scar 3
PE 34.7 Interpret a Mantoux test 3
PE 34.11 Perform AFB staining 3

viii. AETCOM
S. Compet Competency Detail Date Integrati Faculty
No ency Completed on Signature
No.
1. PE 2.3 Counselling a parent with
failing to thrive child
2. PE 3.4 Counsel a parent of a child
with developmental delay
123
3. PE 6.8 Respecting patient privacy
and maintaining
confidentiality while dealing
with adolescents.
4. PE 7.8 Educate mothers on
antenatal breast care and
prepare mothers for
lactation.
5. PE 7.9 Educate and counsel
mothers for best practices
in breast feeding.
6. PE 7.10 Respects patient privacy
7. PE 7.11 Participate in Breast
Feeding Week celebration
8. PE 8.5 Counsel and educate
mothers on the best
practices in complementary
feeding.
9. PE 10.5 Counsel parents of children
with SAM and MAM.
10. PE 19.7 Educate and counsel a
patient for immunization.
11. PE 19.8 Demonstrate willingness to
participate in the national
and subnational
immunization days
12. PE 20.5 Counsel /educate mothers
on the care of neonates.
13. PE 21.16 Counsel / educate a patient
for referral appropriately
14. PE 22.2 Counsel a patient with
chronic illness
15. PE 23.18 Demonstrate empathy
124
while dealing with children
with cardiac diseases in
every patient encounter.
16. PE 26.13 Counsel and educate
patients and their family
appropriately on liver
diseases
17. PE 27.32 Counsel parents of
dangerously ill / terminally
ill child to break bad news
18. PE 27.33 Obtain informed consent
19. PE 27.34 Willing to be a part of the
ER team
20. PE 27.35 Attends to emergency calls
promptly
21. PE 29.19 Counsel and educate
patients about prevention
and treatment of anemia.
22. PE 32.5 Counsel parents regarding
1. Present child
2. Risk in next pregnancy
(Down’s Syndrome)
23. PE 32.10 Counsel parents regarding
1. Present child
2. Risk in next pregnancy
(Turner Syndrome)

125
II. COMPETENCIES
A. COMPETENCIES REQUIRING CERTIFICATION*

Summary of Certifiable competencies

Number Competency Details Number Date Reference


required to completed Page no.
Certify P
PE 1.4 Perform anthropometric 3
measurements,
document in growth charts and
interpret
PE 1.7 Perform developmental assessment 3
and
interpret
PE 7.5 Observe the correct technique of breast 3
feeding and distinguish right from
wrong techniques
PE 11.5 Calculate BMI, document in BMI chart 3
and interpret
PE 19.6 Assess patient for fitness for 5
immunization and prescribe an age-
appropriate immunization schedule
PE 24.15 Perform NG tube insertion in a manikin 2
PE 24.16 Perform IV cannulation in a model 2
PE 24.17 Perform interosseous insertion model 2
PE 27.15 Assess airway and breathing: recognize 3
signs of severe respiratory distress.
Check for cyanosis, severe chest
indrawing, grunting

PE 27.16 Assess airway and breathing. 3


Demonstrate the
method of positioning of an infant &
child to open airway in a simulated
environment
PE 27.17 Assess airway and breathing: 3

126
administer
oxygen using correct
technique and appropriate
flow rate
PE 27.18 Assess airway and breathing: perform 3
assisted
ventilation by bag and mask in a
simulated environment
PE 27.19 Check for signs of shock i.e. pulse, 3
blood pressure, CRT
PE 27.20 Secure an IV access in a simulated 3
environment
PE 27.21 Choose the type of fluid and calculate 3
the fluid
requirement in shock
PE 27.22 Assess level of consciousness & 3
provide emergency treatment to a child
with convulsions/coma
Position an unconscious child
Position a child with suspected trauma
Administer IV/per rectal Diazepam for
a convulsing child in a simulated
environment
PE 27.23 Assess for signs of severe dehydration 3
PE 27.28 Provide BLS for children in manikin 3
PE 33.6 Perform and interpret urine dip stick for 3
sugar
PE 33.11 Identify deviations in growth and plan 2
appropriate referral
PE 34.6 Identify a BCG scar 3
PE 34.7 Interpret a Mantoux test 3
PE 34.11 Perform AFB staining 3

127
Summary of Competencies requiring Documentation:

S. Competency Competency Detail Date Faculty


No No. Completed Signature

1. PE 9.7 Plan an appropriate diet in


health and disease
2. PE 10.4 Identify children with under nutrition
as per
IMNCI criteria and plan
3. PE 11.3 Assessment of a child with obesity
with regard to eliciting history
including physical activity, charting
4. PE 12.3 and dietary
Identify the recall.
clinical features of
dietary deficiency / excess of
Vitamin A
5. PE 12.4 Diagnose patients with Vitamin A
deficiency, classify and plan
management.
6. PE 12.8 Identify the clinical features of
dietary deficiency of Vitamin D
7. PE 12.9 Assess patients with Vitamin D
deficiency, diagnose, classify and
plan management
8. PE 12.17 Identify the clinical features of
Vitamin B
complex deficiency
9. PE 12.18 Diagnose patients with Vitamin B
complex deficiency and plan
management
10. PE 12.21 Identify the clinical features of
Vitamin C
deficiency
11. PE 13.3 Identify the clinical features of
dietary deficiency of Iron and
make a diagnosis
12. PE 16.2 Assess children < 2 months using
IMNCI
guidelines

128
13. PE 16.3 Assess children > 2 to 5 years using
IMNCI
guidelines and Stratify Risk.
14. PE 18.4 Provide intra-natal care and conduct
a normal delivery in a simulated
environment.
15. PE 18.5 Provide intra-natal care and
observe the conduct of a normal
delivery
16. PE 19.13 Demonstrate the correct
administration of different
vaccines in a mannequin
17. PE 20.6 Explain the follow up care for
neonates including breast feeding,
temperature maintenance,
immunization, importance of
18. PE20.18 growth
Identifymonitoring
and stratifyand
riskred
in aflags
sick
neonate using IMNCI guidelines
19. PE 21.9 Identify external markers for kidney
disease, like failing to thrive,
hypertension, pallor, ichthyoses,
20. PE 21.10 anasarca
Analyse symptom and interpret the
physical findings and arrive at an
appropriate provisional/differential
21. PE 21.12 diagnosis
Interpret report of Plain X Ray of KUB

22. PE 21.13 Enumerate the indications for and


interpret the written report of
ultrasonogram of KUB
23. PE 21.14 Recognize common surgical
conditions of the abdomen and
genitourinary system and
enumerate the indications for
referral including acute and
subacute intestinal obstruction,
appendicitis, pancreatitis,
perforation, intussusception,
phimosis, undescended testis,
chordee, hypospadias, torsion
testis, hernia hydrocele,
129 vulval
synechiae.
24. PE 21.15 Discuss and enumerate the referral
criteria for children with
genitourinary disorder
25. PE 23.11 Develop a treatment plan and
prescribe appropriate drugs
including fluids in cardiac diseases,
anti-failure drugs, and inotropic
26. PE23.12 agents.
Interpret a chest X ray and
recognize cardiomegaly

27. PE23.13 Choose and Interpret blood


reports in cardiac illness
28. PE 23.14 Interpret Pediatric ECG

29. PE 23.15 Use the ECHO reports in


management of cases
30. PE 24.11 Apply the IMNCI guidelines in
risk stratification of children
with diarrheal dehydration and
31. PE 24.12 refer.
Perform and interpret stool
examination including hanging
drop
32. PE 24.13 Interpret RFT and electrolyte report

33. PE 26.10 Demonstrate the technique of liver


biopsy & perform liver biopsy in a
simulated environment
34. PE 27.10 Observe the various
methods of
administering oxygen
35. PE 27.31 Assess child for signs of abuse

36. PE 28.15 Stratify risk in children with stridor


using
IMNCI guidelines
37. PE 28.16 Interpret blood tests relevant
to upper respiratory
problems
38. PE 29.15 Perform and interpret peripheral
smear 130
39. PE 29.17 Demonstrate performance of bone
marrow aspiration in manikin
40. PE 30.20 Interpret and explain the findings in a
CSF
analysis.
41. PE 30.21 Enumerate the indication and
discuss the limitations of EEG,
CT, MRI
42. PE 30.22 Interpret the reports of EEG, CT, MRI

43. PE 31.11 Observe administration of


nebulization
44. PE 32.2 Identify the clinical features of
Down’s
Syndrome
45. PE 32.3 Interpret normal karyotype &
recognize
Trisomy 21
46. PE 32.7 Identify the clinical features of
Turner
Syndrome
47. PE 32.8 Interpret normal karyotype and
recognize the Turner karyotype
48. PE 32.12 Identify the clinical features of
Klinefelter
Syndrome
49. PE 32.13 Interpret normal karyotype and
recognize the Klinefelter
karyotype
50. PE 33.10 Recognize precocious and delayed
puberty and refer
51. PE 34.9 Interpret blood tests in the
context of laboratory
evidence for tuberculosis

131
IV. AFFECTIVE COMPETENCIES REQUIRING DOCUMENTATION

Summary of Affective Competencies:

S. Competency Competency Date Integration Faculty


No No. Detail Completed Signature
1. PE 2.3 Counselling a
parent with failing
to thrive child
2. PE 3.4 Counsel a parent
of a child with
developmental
delay
3. PE 6.8 Respecting
patient privacy
and maintaining
confidentiality
while dealing with
adolescents.
4. PE 7.8 Educate mothers
on antenatal
breast care and
prepare mothers
for lactation.
5. PE 7.9 Educate and
counsel mothers
for best practices
in breast feeding.
6. PE 7.10 Respects patient
privacy
7. PE 7.11 Participate in Breast
Feeding Week
celebration
8. PE 8.5 Counsel and
educate mothers
on the best
practices in
complementary
132
feeding.
9. PE 10.5 Counsel parents
of children with
SAM and MAM.
10. PE 19.7 Educate and
counsel a patient
for immunization.
11. PE 19.8 Demonstrate
willingness to
participate in the
national and
subnational
immunization
days
12. PE 20.5 Counsel /educate
mothers on the
care of neonates.
13. PE 21.16 Counsel /
educate a
patient for
referral
appropriatey
14. PE 22.2 Counsel a
patient with
chronic illness
15. PE 23.18 Demonstrate
empathy while
dealing with
children with
cardiac diseases
in every patient
encounter.
16. PE 26.13 Counsel and
educate patients
and their family
appropriately on

133
liver diseases
17. PE 27.32 Counsel parents of
dangerously ill /
terminally ill child
to break bad news
18. PE 27.33 Obtain informed
consent
19. PE 27.34 Willing to be a part
of the ER team
20. PE 27.35 Attends to
emergency calls
promptly
21. PE 29.19 Counsel and
educate patients
about prevention
and treatment of
anemia.
22. PE 32.5 Counsel parents
regarding
1. Present child
2. Risk in next
pregnancy
(Down’s
Syndrome)
23. PE 32.10 Counsel parents
regarding
1. Present child
2. Risk in next
pregnancy
(Turner Syndrome)

134
i. Clinical clerkship plan

UNIT-I UNIT-II UNIT-III UNIT - IV


MONDAY 10-11 am Discharge Case sheet writing Discharge paper
OPD case paper writing writing
presentation
5-6 pm
admitted cases
presentation in
casualty/Wards
Tuesday Post admission 10-11 am Discharge paper 10-11 am
rounds OPD case writing OPD case
presentation presentation presentation
5-6 pm 5-6 pm
admitted admitted cases
cases presentation in
presentation casualty/Wards.
in casualty
/Wards.
Follow up of Post 10-11 am Post admission
Wednesday cases admission OPD case rounds
rounds presentation presentation/
presentation 5-6 pm admitted attending .
/ attending . cases presentation
in casualty/Wards
Thursday Follow up of Follow up of Post admission Follow up of
cases cases rounds cases
presentation/atten
ding
Friday Case sheet Follow up of Follow up of cases Follow up of
writing cases cases

SATURDAY Discharge Case sheet Follow up of cases Case sheet


paper writing writing writing

135
Eligibility criteria:
 Learners must secure at least 50% marks of total marks (combined in theory and
practical; not less than 40% marks in theory and practical separately) assigned for
internal assessment in in order to be eligible for appearing at the University
examination.
 Student should get a minimum of 75% attendance in Theory and 80 % in Practical
classes to be eligible to appear for university examination.
 Learners must have completed the required certifiable competencies and
completed the log book.

D. FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT
THEORY INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:
 A minimum of 2 Internal Assessments (IAs) to be conducted
 One of the internal exams will be conducted like preliminary exams
 Learners who have not completed the required number of internal assessment
exams for genuine reasons will be given remediation
 Formative assessment marks shall be calculated based on scoring in written tests
and AETCOM modules.
 Written exams will include MCQ’s[MCQs not exceeding 20%]/Structured Long Essay
Questions/Short essay questions/Short Answer questions
 30%of marks will be for higher order thinking
 Content under Noncore category cannot be assessed in Summative assessments.
However, the same can be assessed in Formative assessments.

136
The distribution of internal assessment marks shall be as mentioned below:

DEPARTMENT OF PAEDIATRICS
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 3-1 Phase 3-2 Final
THEORY
IA-1 IA-2 IA-3 IA-4 Total
#
Theory 30 25 50 75
Written MCQ 10 10 10 20
AETCOM* -- 05 -- 05
Formative
assessment:
SDL/Class
tests/ MCQs/ 05 05 10 10
FA
Tutorials/
Seminars/
Assignments
Logbook 05 05 10 10
Total 50 50 80 120 300
FINAL THEORY IA MARKS = 100 (final total divided by 3)
* To be included as a question in theory paper

137
DEPARTMENT OF PAEDIATRICS
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 2 Phase 3-1 Phase 3-2
Final
PRACTICAL 2 weeks 4 weeks 4 weeks
Total
EOP-1 EOP-2 EOP-3
Clinical skills
assessment
(OSCE/ Mini-CEX/ 40 40 50
EOP Case presentation/
AETCOM)
Viva-voce (may
10 10 10
include AETCOM)
Formative
assessment
05 05 10
including Clinical-
Others
Clerkship
Logbook/ Record
05 05 10
book
Total 60 60 80 200
FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS = 100 (final total divided by 2)
At least one EOP is to be conducted with OSCE as a part of it
AETCOM may be included as an OSCE station or as a part of viva-voce during EOP, if it
needs to be assessed in practical (Refer competency booklet & AETCOM module)
Preliminary Examinations will include Bedside Clinical Examination which will mirror
the Summative University Examinations (Practical)
FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS WILL BE AVERAGE OF EOP# AND PRELIMINARY EXAM
(EQUAL WEIGHTAGE TO BOTH)

138
Blue-printing of Internal assessments in Paediatrics
Number of questions
BLUEPRINT
IA-1 IA-2* IA-3 IA-4*
MCQ
10 10 10 20
(1 mark each)
Structured Long
Essay 00 00 01 02
(10 marks each)
Short Essay
04 04 04 08
(5 marks each)
Short Answer
05 05 10 10
(2 marks each)
Total
40 40 60 100
(in marks)
* AETCOM should have a weightage of 5 marks

C. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:

Pediatrics is learnt and assessed during professional years [PY] 2 and 3 part 1, 3rd part
2. SA will be held at the end of 3rd professional year part 2.

Pass criteria:
 University Theory Exam – Student should secure at least 50% marks in theory to
pass.
 University Practical Exam – Student shall secure at least 50% marks (including Viva-
voce) to pass
 Student shall secure at least 50% of the total marks (combined in theory and
practical) assigned for internal assessment in order to be declared successful at the
final university of that subject.
 Internal assessment will appear as a separate head of passing at summative exams
 A candidate, who has not secured requisite aggregate in the internal assessment has
to successfully complete the remediation measures prescribed by the University.
Candidates who fail to meet prescribed 50% marks in internal assessment after
availing remedial measures will not be eligible for the university exams.

139
8. INTEGRATION:

Community Medicine
CM3. Describe the K KH Y Lecture, Written/ Microbiology,
3 aetiology and Small Viva General
basis of group voce Medicine,
water borne discussion, Pediatrics
diseases DOAP
/jaundice/hep session
atitis/
diarrheal
diseases
CM5. Describe the K KH Y Lecture, Written/ General Medicine,
1 common Small Viva Pediatrics
sources of group voce
various discussion
nutrients and
special
nutritional
requirements
according to
age, sex,
activity,
physiological
conditions
CM5. Describe and S SH Y DOAP Skill General Medicine,
2 demonstrate session Assessm Pediatrics
the correct ent
method of
performing a
nutritional
assessment
of individuals,
families and
the
community by
using the
appropriate
method
CM5. Define and K KH Y Lectur Written/ General Medicine,
3 describe e, Viva Pediatrics
common Small voce
nutrition group
related health discus
disorders sion
(including
macro-PEM,

140
Micro-iron, Zn,
iodine, Vit. A),
their control
and
management.
CM5. Plan and S SH Y DOAP Skill General Medicine,
4 recommend a session Assessm Pediatrics
suitable diet ent
for the
individuals
and families
based on local
availability of
foods and
economic
status, etc in
a simulated
environment
CM5. Describe the K KH Y Lecture, Written/ General Medicine,
5 methods of Small Viva Pediatrics
nutritional group voce
surveillance, discussion
principles of
nutritional
education and
rehabilitation
in the context
of socio-
cultural
factors
CM5. Enumerate K KH Y Lecture, Written/ Pediatrics
6 and discuss Small Viva
the National group voce
Nutrition discussion
Policy,
important
national
nutritional
Programs
including the
Integrated
Child
Development
Services
Scheme
(ICDS) etc
CM5. Describe and K KH Y Lecture, Written/ Pediatrics
8 discuss the Small Viva

141
importance group voce
and methods discussion
of food
fortification
and effects of
additives and
adulteration
CM6. Formulate a K KH Y Small Written/ General Medicine,
1 research group, Viva Pediatrics
question for a Lecture voce/
study , DOAP Skill
sessio Assessm
ent
n
CM6. Describe and S SH Y Small Written/ General Medicine,
2 discuss the group Viva Pediatrics
principles and discussio voce/
demonstrate n, Skill
the methods Lecture, Assessm
ent
of collection, DOAP
classification, session
analysis,
interpretation
and
presentation
of statistical
data
CM6. Describe, S SH Y Small Written/ General Medicine,
3 discuss and group Viva Pediatrics
demonstrate discussio voce/
the n, Skill
application of Lecture, Assessm
ent
elementary DOAP
statistical session
methods
including test
of
significance
in various
study designs
CM6. Enumerate, S SH Y Small Written/ General Medicine,
4 discuss and group Viva Pediatrics
demonstrate discussio voce/
common n, Skill
sampling Lecture, Assessm
techniques, DOAP ent
simple session

142
statistical
methods,
frequency
distribution,
measures of
central
tendency and
dispersion
CM8. Describe and K KH Y Small Written/ General Medicine, Microbiol
1 discuss the group Viva Pediatrics ogy,
epidemiologic discussion, voce Pathology
al and control Lecture
measures
including the
use of
essential
laboratory
tests at the
primary care
level for
communicabl
e diseases
CM8. Enumerate K KH Y Small Written/ General Medicine,
3 and describe group Viva Pediatrics
disease discussion, voce
specific Lecture
National
Health
Programs
including their
prevention
and treatment
of a case
CM8. Describe the K KH Y Small Written/ General Medicine,
4 principles and group Viva Pediatrics
enumerate the discussion, voce
measures to Lecture
control a
disease
epidemic
CM8. Describe and K KH Y Small Written / General Medicine,
5 discuss the group Viva Pediatrics
principles of discussion, voce
planning, Lecture
implementing
and
evaluating
control
measures for
disease at
143
community
level bearing
in mind the
public health
importance of
the disease
CM9. Define, S SH Y Lectur Skill Obstetrics &
2 calculate and e, assessm Gynae
interpret Small ent cology,
demographic group Pediatr
indices discus ics
including birth sion,
rate, death DOAP
rate, fertility sessio
rates ns
CM1 Describe the K KH Y Small Written/ Obstetrics &
0.1 current status group Viva Gynaec
of discussio voce ology,
Reproductive, n, Lecture Pediatr
maternal, ics
newborn and
Child
Health
CM1 Enumerate K KH Y Small Written/ Obstetrics &
0.2 and describe group Viva Gynaec
the methods discussio voce ology,
of screening n, Lecture Pediatr
high risk ics
groups and
common
health
problems
CM1 Describe local K KH Y Small Written/ Obstetrics &
0.3 customs and group Viva Gynaec
practices discussio voce ology,
during n, Lecture Pediatr
pregnancy, ics
childbirth,
lactation and
child feeding
practices
CM1 Describe the K KH Y Small Written/ Obstetrics &
0.4 reproductive, group Viva Gynaec
maternal, discussion, voce ology,
newborn & Lecture Pediatr
child health
ics
(RMCH); child
144
survival and
safe
motherhood
interventions
CM1 Describe K KH Y Small Written/ Pediatrics
0.5 Universal group Viva
Immunization discussion, voce
Program; Lecture
Integrated
Management
of Neonatal
and Childhood
Illness (IMNCI)
and other
existing
Programs
Dermatology, Venereology & Leprosy
DR5. Describe the K KH Y Lecture, Written/ Pediatrics
1 etiology, Small Viva
microbiology, group voce
pathogenesis, discussion
natural
history,
clinical
features,
presentations
and
complications
of scabies
DR5. Identify and S SH Y Bedside Skill Pediatrics
2 differentiate clinic assessm
scabies from ent
other lesions
DR5. Enumerate K KH Y Lecture, Written/ Pediatrics Pharmaco
3 and describe Small Viva logy
the group voce
pharmacology discussion
,
administration
and
adverse
reaction of
pharmacother
apies for
scabies
DR6. Describe the K KH Y Lecture, Written/ Pediatrics Microbiol
1 etiology, Small Viva ogy
pathogenesis group voce
and discussion
diagnostic
features of
pediculosis
145
DR6. Identify and S SH Y Bedside Skill Pediatrics
2 differentiate clinic assessm
pediculosis ent
from other
skin lesions
DR7. Describe the K KH Y Lecture, Written/ Pediatrics Microbiol
1 etiology, Small Viva ogy
microbiology, group voce
pathogenesis, discussion
clinical
presentations
and
diagnostic
features of
dermatophyte
s
DR8. Describe the K KH Y Lecture, Written/ Pediatrics Microbiol
1 etiology, Small Viva ogy
microbiology, group voce
pathogenesis, discussion
clinical
presentations
and
diagnostic
features of
common viral
infections of
the skin
DR17 Enumerate K/S SH Y Lecture, Skill General Medicine,
.1 and identify Small assessm Pediat
the cutaneous group ent/ Viva rics,
findings in discussi voce Bioch
vitamin A on, emistr
deficiency Bedside y
clinic
DR17 Enumerate K KH Y Lecture Written/ General Medicine,
.2 and describe Viva Pediat
the various voce rics,
skin changes
Bioch
in Vitamin B
emistr
complex
y
deficiency
DR1 Enumerate K KH Y Lecture Written/ General Medicine,
7.3 and describe Viva Pedia
the various voce trics,
changes in
Bioch
Vitamin C
emist
deficiency
ry
DR17 Enumerate K KH Y Lecture, Written/ General Medicine,
.4 and describe Small Viva Pediat

146
the various group voce rics,
changes in discussion Bioch
Zinc emistr
deficiency
y
Psychiatry
PS14 Enumerate K K Y Lecture, Written/ Pediatrics
.1 and describe H Small Viva
the group voce
magnitude discussion
and etiology
of psychiatric
disorders
occurring in
childhood
and
adolescence
PS14 Enumerate, S S Y Bedside Skill Pediatrics
.2 elicit, H clinic, assessm
describe and DOAP ent
document session
clinical
features in
patients with
psychiatric
disorders
occurring in
childhood
and
adolescence
PS14 Describe the K K Y Lecture, Written/ Pediatrics
.3 treatment of H Small Viva
stress related group voce
disorders discussion
including
behavioural,
psychosocial
and
pharmacologi
c therapy
PS14 Demonstrate S SH Y Bedside Skill Pediatrics
.4 family clinic, assessm
education in a DOAP ent
patient with session
psychiatric
disorders
occurring in
childhood
and
adolescence
in a

147
simulated
environment
PS14 Enumerate K KH Y Lecture, Written/ Pediatrics
.5 and describe Small Viva
the group voce
pharmacologi discussion
c basis and
side effects
of drugs used
in psychiatric
disorders
occurring in
childhood
and
adolescence
PS15 Describe the K KH Y Lecture, Written/ Pediatrics
.1 aetiology and Small Viva
magnitude of group voce
mental discussion
retardation
PS15 Describe and K KH Y Lecture, Written/ Pediatrics
.2 discuss Small Viva
intelligence group voce
quotient and discussion
its
measurement
PS15 Elicit and K/S SH Y Bedside Skill Pediatrics
.3 document a clinic, assessm
history and DOAP ent
clinical session
examination
and choose
appropriate
investigation
s in a patient
with mental
retardation
PS15 Describe the K KH Y Lecture, Written/ Pediatrics
.4 psychosocial Small Viva
interventions group voce
and discussion
treatment
used in
mental
retardation
General Medicine
IM23 Discuss and K KH Y Lecture, Written/ Physiology, Pediatrics
.1 describe the Small Viva Biochemistry
methods of group voce
nutritional discussion
assessment s
in an
148
adult and
calculation of
caloric
requirements
during
illnesses
IM23 Discuss and K KH Y Lecture, Written/ Physiology, Pediatrics
.2 describe the Small Viva Biochemistry
causes and group voce
consequence discussion
s of protein s
caloric
malnutrition
in the
hospital
IM23 Discuss and K KH Y Lecture, Written/ Physiology, Pediatrics
.3 describe the Small Viva Biochemistry
aetiology, group voce
causes, discussion
clinical
manifestation
s,
complication
s, diagnosis
and
management
of common
vitamin
deficiencies
IM23 Enumerate K KH Y Lecture, Written/ Physiology, Pediatrics
.4 the Small Viva Biochemistry
indications group voce
for enteral discussion
and
parenteral
nutrition in
critically ill
patients
Obstetrics & Gynocology
OG1. Define and K KH Y Lecture, Short Community Pediatrics
2 discuss Small notes Medicine
perinatal group
mortality and discussion
morbidity
including
perinatal and
neonatal
mortality and
morbidity
audit

149
OG18. Describe K K Y Lecture, Small Written/ Pediatrics
1 and discuss H group Viva voce
the discussion
assessmen
t of
maturity of
the
newborn,
diagnosis
of birth
asphyxia,
principles
of
resuscitatio
n, common
problems
OG18. Demonstrat S S Y DOAP session Skill Pediatrics
2 e the steps H assessme
of neonatal nt
resuscitatio
n in a
simulated
environmen
t
OG18. Describe K K Y Lecture, Small Written/ Pediatrics
3 and discuss H group Viva voce
the discussion
diagnosis
of birth
asphyxia
OG18. Describe K K Y Lecture, Small Written/ Pediatrics
4 the H group Viva voce
principles discussion
of
resuscitatio
n of the
newborn
and
enumerate
the
common
problems
encountere
d
Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation
PM3.1 Describe K K Y Lecture, Small Written/ Human Pediatrics
and discuss H group Viva voce Anatomy
the clinical discussion
features,
types,
evaluation,
diagnosis
150
and
manageme
nt of
cerebral
palsy
PM3. Recognize, K K Y Lecture, Small Written/ Pediatrics
2 describe H group Viva voce
and discuss discussion
the
spectrum of
multiple
disability :
cognitive,
motor,
visual and
hearing in
cerebral
palsy
PM3.3 Recognize, K K Y Lecture, Small Written/ Pediatrics
describe group Viva voce
and discuss discussion
the role of
special
education
in
children
with
learning
disabilities
PM3.4 Demonstrat S S Y DOAP session, Skill Pediatrics
e spasticity, H Small assessme
rigidity and group nt
dystonia in discussi
children
on,
with
Bedside
cerebral
clinic
palsy
PM3.5 Enumerate K K Y Lecture, Small Pharmacolo Pediatrics
the H group gy ,
indications discussion Orthopedi
and cs
describe
the
therapies
for
spasticity
including
medication
s, serial
casts, nerve
blocks,

151
botulinum
toxin
injections
PM3.6 Enumerate K K Y DOAP session, Pediatrics
the H Small
indications group
and discussi
describe
on,
prevention
of joint Bedside
subluxation clinic
s and
contracture
s by proper
positioning,
and use of
special
chairs, and
appliances
PM3.7 Enumerate K K Y Lecture, Small Written/ Pediatrics
the first aid group Viva voce
measures discussion
to be used
in patients
with
seizures
PM4. Describe K K Y Lecture, Small Written/ Pediatrics
2 and discuss H group Viva voce
the discussion
principles
of
manageme
nt of
chronic
pain
and role of
common
modalities
(moist heat,
ultrasound,
Short wave
diathermy)

152
9. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS, REFERENCE BOOKS AND ATLAS
Text Books

Recent Editions:
1. Ghai Essential Paediatrics CBS publications and distributes PVT Ltd
2. IAP textbook of Paediatrics Jaypee brothers Medical Publishers Related
Authors – A Parthasarathy and PSN Menon and MKC Nair
3. Pediatric Clinical methods Meharban Singh, CBS publications and distribution
PVT Ltd.
4. PG Text Book of Pediatrics by Piyush Gupta J P Publishers.

Reference books :
1. Nelson’s Text book of paediatrics, 22 Edition 2018. Elsevier
2. Manual of Neonatal care by J. Cloherty, 10th edition 2019. Woltersklower.

Journals :
1. Paediatrics – American Academy of Paediatrics
2. Archives of Disease of childhood – Royal college of Paediatricians
3. Indian Paediatrics - Indian Academy of Paediatrics
4. Indian Journal of Paediatrics – AIIMS Delhi Paediatrics Department

DERMATOLOGY, VENEREOLOGY AND LEPROSY

1. GOAL
Broad goal of teaching undergraduate medical students in Dermatology, Sexually
transmitted infections and Leprosy is to impart such knowledge and skills that may
enable him to diagnose and treat common ailment and to refer rare diseases or
complications/ unusual manifestations of common diseases, to the specialist.

2. OBJECTIVES

2.1 KNOWLEDGE
The student shall be able to understand the principles of diagnosis of diseases of the
skin, hair, nail and mucosa

153
2.2 SKILLS
i. At the end of the postings, the student shall be able to
ii. Recognize, diagnose, order appropriate investigations and treat common
diseases of the skin including leprosy in the primary care setting and refer as
appropriate
iii. Syndromically approach to the recognition, diagnosis, prevention, counseling,
testing and management of common sexually transmitted diseases including
HIV based on national health priorities.
iv. Recognize and treat emergencies including drug reactions and refer as
appropriate

2.3 ATTITUDE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS


At the end of the course, the learner shall be able to:
1. Communicate with the patient regarding the course, treatment plan and prognosis
of the disease.
2. Motivate patients with chronic diseases to adhere to the line of management
as outlined by the health care provider.
3. Follow the treatment guidelines and counsel the patient to adhere and comply.
4. Respect patient’s privacy.
5. Maintain confidentiality.
6. Work in a healthcare team efficiently while respecting all its members.
7. Continually strive for updating his/her own knowledge and skill.
8. To treat prolonged illnesses with regular follow-up, monitoring, proper
counseling and refer to higher centres if required.
2.4 INTEGRATION:
The knowledge acquired in dermatology should help the students to understand
the biologic basis of diseases of the skin, sexually transmitted diseases and leprosy
and it provide an understanding that skin diseases may be a manifestation of systemic
disease.

154
3. TEACHING HOURS AND COURSE CONTENT
G. Teaching Hours
Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Theory
No Hours
1 Large group teaching 20
2 Small group teaching (SGT) : SGD/Tutorials/Seminars 05
3 Self-directed Learning( SDL) 05
TOTAL 30

Sl. No.
Teaching Learning Method Practicals
No weeks
Bedside clinics/practicals 2
1
weeks
TOTAL

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method
No Hours
1 AETCOM 5
2 Skill Lab
TOTAL

155
H. Course contents
iii. THEORY
Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Large group No. of
No. core/ non-core competency teaching Hours=20
domain K
LEVEL K/KH,
1. ACNE K 1
DR1.1 Enumerate the causative and risk
factors of acne
DR1.3 Describe the treatment and preventive
measures for various kinds of acne
2. VITILIGO K 1
DR2.2 Describe the treatment of vitiligo
3. LICHEN PLANUS K 1
DR4.2 Enumerate and describe the treatment
modalities for lichen planus
4. FUNGAL INFECTIONS K 2
DR7.1 Describe the etiology, microbiology,
pathogenesis and clinical presentations and
diagnostic features of dermatophytes in
adults and children(integration with
paediatrics and microbiology)
DR7.3 Describe the pharmacology and action
of antifungal (systemic and topical) agents.
Enumerate side effects of antifungal
therapy(integration with pharmacology and
microbiology)
5. VIRAL INFECTIONS K 2
DR8.1 Describe the etiology, microbiology,
pathogenesis and clinical presentations and
diagnostic features of common viral
infections of the skin in adults and
children(integration with paediatrics and
microbiology)
DR8.7 Enumerate the indications and
describe the pharmacology, administration
and adverse reaction of pharmacotherapies
156
for common viral illnesses of the
skin(integration with pharmacology)
6. URTICARIA AND ANGIOEDEMA K 1
DR14.1 Describe the etiology, pathogenesis
and clinical precipitating features and
classification of Urticaria and angioedema.
Microbiology, Pathology
DR14.5 Enumerate the indications and
describe the pharmacology indications and
adverse reactions of drugs used in the
urticarial indications and adverse reactions
of drugs used in the Urticaria and
angioedema. Pharmacology
7. PYODERMA K 2
DR15.3 Enumerate the indications and
describe the pharmacology, indications and
adverse reactions of topical and systemic
drugs used in treatment of pyoderma.
General Surgery Microbiology, Pharmacology
8 SYSTEMIC DISEASES AND SKIN K 2
DR18.1 Enumerate the cutaneous features of
Type 2 diabetes. General Medicine
DR18.2 Enumerate the cutaneous features of
hypo/hyper-thyroidism. General Medicine
9. HUMAN ANATOMY K 2
AN4.2 Describe structure & function of skin
with its appendages
AN4.4 Describe modifications of deep fascia
with its functions
AN4.5 Explain principles of skin incisions
10 PATHOLOGY K 2
PA34.1 Describe the risk factors,
pathogenesis, pathology and natural history
of squamous cell carcinoma of the skin
PA34.2 Describe the risk factors,
pathogenesis, pathology and natural history
of basal cell carcinoma of the skin
157
PA34.3 Describe the distinguishing features
between a nevus and melanoma. Describe
the etiology, pathogenesis, risk factors,
morphology clinical features and metastases
of melanoma
11 MICROBIOLOGY K 2
MI4.3 Describe the etio-pathogenesis of Skin
and soft tissue infections and discuss the
clinical course, and the laboratory diagnosis.
MI7.2 Describe the etio-pathogenesis and
discuss the laboratory diagnosis of sexually
transmitted infections. Recommend
preventive measures, wherever relevant.
12 PHARMACOLOGY K 2
PH1.46 Describe the mechanisms of action,
types, doses, side effects, indications and
contraindications of antileprotic drugs.
PH1.57 Describe drugs used in skin disorders

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Small group No. of


No. core/ non-core competency teaching Hours=5
domain
K/S/A
Level
K/KH/S/SH,
1. NUTRITIONAL DEFICIENCY AND SKIN K 1
DR17.1 Enumerate and identify the
cutaneous findings in vitamin A deficiency.
General Medicine, Pediatrics, Biochemistry
DR17.2 Enumerate and describe the various
skin changes in Vitamin B complex .General
Medicine, Pediatrics, Biochemistry
DR17.3 Enumerate and describe the various
changes in Vitamin C deficiency. General
Medicine, Pediatrics, Biochemistry
2. SCABIES AND PEDICULOSIS K 1
DR5.1 Describe the etiology, microbiology,
158
pathogenesis, natural history, clinical
features, presentations and complications of
scabies in adults and children
DR5.3 Enumerate and describe the
pharmacology, administration and adverse
reaction of pharmacotherapies for scabies
(integration with paediatrics and
pharmacology)
3. DERMATITIS AND ECZEMA K 1
DR12.1 Describe the aetiopathogenesis of
eczema
DR12.3 Classify and grade eczema
DR12.4 Enumerate the indications and
describe the pharmacology, indications and
adverse reactions of drugs used in the
treatment of eczema
4. STD K 2
DR10.3 Enumerate the indications and
describe the pharmacology, administration
and adverse reaction of pharmacotherapies
for syphilis. General Medicine Pharmacology,
Microbiology
DR10.4 Describe the prevention of congenital
syphilis. General medicine
DR10.6 Describe the etiology, diagnostic and
clinical features of non-syphilitic sexually
transmitted diseases (chancroid,
donovanosis and LGV) . General Medicine,
Microbiology
DR10.8 Enumerate the indications and
describe the pharmacology, indications and
adverse reactions of drugs used in the non-
syphilitic sexually transmitted diseases
(chancroid, donovanosis and LGV) General
Medicine Pharmacology, Microbiology
DR10.9 Describe the syndromic approach to
ulcerative sexually transmitted disease .
159
General Medicine
DR10.10 Describe the etiology, diagnostic
and clinical features and management of
gonococcal and non-gonococcal urethritis.
General Medicine

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Self-directed No. of


No. core/ non-core competency learning Hours=5
domain K/S/A
Level K/KH,
1. PAPULOSQUAMOUS DISORDERS K 1
DR.3.3 Treatment of psoriasis including
topical, systemic and phototherapy
2. HIV K 2
DR11.1 Describe the etiology, pathogenesis
and clinical features of the dermatologic
manifestations of HIV and its complications
including opportunistic infections.
DR11.3 Enumerate the indications and
describe the pharmacology, administration
and adverse reaction of pharmacotherapies
for dermatologic lesions in HIV.
3. LEPROSY K 2
DR9.1 Classify, describe the epidemiology,
etiology, microbiology,pathogenesis, clinical
presentations and diagnostic features of
Leprosy
DR9.4 Enumerate, describe and identify lepra
reactions and supportive measures and
therapy of lepra reactions
DR9.5 Enumerate the indications and
describe the pharmacology, administration
and adverse reaction of pharmacotherapies
for various classes of leprosy based on
national guidelines.
DR9.6 Describe the treatment of Leprosy
160
based on the WHO guidelines
DR9.7 Enumerate and describe the
complications of leprosy and its
management, including understanding
disability and stigma.

ix. PRACTICAL
Sl. No. Topic/ System : (With Competency Bedside Clinics/DOAP/field No.
Number) core/ non-core visits of
competency domain K/S/A week
Level K/KH/S/SH, s=2
1 DR9.2 Bedside Clinics, S, SH
Demonstrate (and classify based
on) the clinical features of leprosy
including an appropriate
neurologic examination
2 DR9.3Enumerate the indications Bedside Clinics, DOAP session,
and observe the performance of a S, KH
slit skin smear in patients with
leprosy
3 DR11.2 Identify and distinguish Bedside Clinics, S, SH
the dermatologic manifestations
of HIV, its complications,
opportunistic infections and
adverse reactions
4 DR12.2 Identify eczema and Bedside Clinics, S, SH
differentiate it from lichenification
and changes of aging
5 DR12.5 Define erythroderma. Bedside Clinics, S, KH
Enumerate and identify the causes
of erythroderma. Discuss the
treatment
6 DR12.6 Identify and distinguish Bedside Clinics, S, SH
exfoliative dermatitis from other
skin lesions
7 DR12.7 Identify and distinguish Bedside Clinics, S, SH

161
fixed drug eruptions and Steven
Johnson syndrome from other skin
lesions
8 DR13.1 Distinguish bulla from Bedside Clinics, S, SH
vesicles
9 DR13.2 Demonstrate the Tzanck Bedside Clinics, S, SH
test, nikolsky sign and bulla spread
sign
10 DR13.3 Calculate the body surface Bedside Clinics, S, SH
area of involvement of
vesiculobullous lesions
11 PA34.4 Identify, distinguish and DOAP session, S, SH
describe common tumors of the
skin

12 End posting exam

SKILL LAB: NIL

Comp no. Competency No. required Duration Number of


Description [ P] to certify hours batches[number of
students per batch]

Total

162
CERTIFIABLE SKILLS: No certifiable skill for the academic year

Comp Competency Need for Skill No. Duration Number of


no. Description [ lab [yes/no] required hours batches[number of
P] to certify students per batch]

Total

x. AETCOM AND SKILL LAB

Sl. Module module number Lectures Small No. of


No. Number [hours] group Hours
[hours]
1 AETCOM 3.4 – Identify, discuss and 3 2 5 hours
defend medicolegal, socio-
cultural and ethical issues as it
pertains to confidentiality in
patient care
Skill lab As
allotted

163
ii. Clinical clerkship plan

DERMATOLOGY
MONDAY 10-11 am
OPD case presentation
5-6 pm admitted cases presentation
Tuesday 10-11 am
OPD case presentation
Post admission rounds presentation
10-11 am
Wednesday OPD case presentation
Follow up of cases
Thursday 10-11 am
OPD case presentation
Follow up of cases
Friday 10-11 am
OPD case presentation
Case sheet writing
SATURDAY Discharge paper writing

4. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

Eligibility criteria:
 Eligibility for exams: 80% attendance in theory classes and bedside
clinics
 completion of log and record books
 Learners must have completed the required certifiable competencies
Pass criteria: obtaining 50% marks in end of posting exams and as an allied subject of
medicine in general medicine theory exams
 Student shall secure at least 50% of the total marks (combined in theory and
practical) assigned for internal assessment in order to be declared successful at the
final university exam.
 Internal assessment will appear as a separate head of passing at summative exams

164
 A candidate, who has not secured requisite aggregate in the internal assessment has
to successfully complete the remediation measures prescribed by the University as
the case may be. Candidates who fail to meet prescribed 50% marks in internal
assessment after availing remedial measures will not be eligible for the university
exams.

E. FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT
THEORY INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:
 As a part of General Medicine Internal Assessments (IAs)
 Learners who have not completed the required number of internal assessment
exams for genuine reasons will be given remediation
 Formative assessment marks shall be calculated based on scoring in written tests
and AETCOM modules.
 Formative assessment: based on day to day assessment of SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/
Tutorials/ Seminars/ Assignments [records of activities used for assessment to be
maintained by the department]
 Written exams will include MCQ’s[MCQs not exceeding 20%]/Structured Long Essay
Questions/Short essay questions/Short Answer questions
 30%of marks will be for higher order thinking
 Content under Noncore category cannot be assessed in Summative assessments.
However, the same can be assessed in Formative assessments.

PRACTICAL INTERNAL ASSESSMENT


 Clinical end posting exams [EOP] will be conducted
 Viva/oral examination should assess approach to clinical context and included in
practical IA marks.

165
DEPARTMENT OF DERMATOLOGY, VENEREOLOGY & LEPROSY
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 3-1 Final
THEORY
IA-1 IA-2 Total
#
Theory 20 30
Written MCQ 10 10
AETCOM* -- --
Formative
assessment:
SDL/Class tests/
05 05
FA MCQs/ Tutorials/
Seminars/
Assignments
Logbook 05 05
Total 40 50 90
FINAL THEORY IA MARKS = 15 (final total divided by 6)
* To be included as a question in theory paper

DEPARTMENT OF DERMATOLOGY, VENEREOLOGY & LEPROSY


Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 2 Phase 3-1
Phase 3-2 Final
PRACTICAL 2wk 2wk
2wk posting Total
posting posting
Clinical skills
assessment
15 15 20
(OSCE/ Mini-CEX/ Case
EOP
presentation/ AETCOM)
Viva-voce (may include
10 10 10
AETCOM)
Formative assessment 05 -- 05
Others
Logbook/ Record book -- 05 05
166
Total 30 30 40 100
FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS = 20 (final total divided by 5)
At least one EOP is to be conducted with OSCE as a part of it.
AETCOM may be included as an OSCE station or as a part of viva-voce during EOP, if it
needs to be assessed in practical (Refer competency booklet & AETCOM module)

Blue-printing of Internal assessments in Dermatology, Venereology & Leprosy

Number of questions
BLUEPRINT
IA-1* IA-2

MCQ (1 mark each) 10 10

Structured Long Essay (10 marks each) 00 00

Short Essay (5 marks each) 02 04

Short Answer (2 marks each) 05 05

Total
30 40
(in marks)
* AETCOM should have a weightage of 5 marks

B. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:
Dermatology, Venereology And Leprosy is learnt and assessed during professional
years [PY] 2 and 3 part 1. Summative assessment will be held at the end of 3rd
professional year part 2 as a part of general medicine theory papers as Dermatology,
Venereology And Leprosy is an allied subject of general medicine.
Pass criteria:
 University Theory Exam – Student should secure at least 50% marks in general
medicine theory to pass.
 University Practical Exam – Student shall secure at least 50% marks (including Viva-
voce) in general medicine to pass

167
5. INTEGRATION:.

Competency list for integration


SL Comp Competency to be nesting/ Integrating department
No. integrated sharing/ Horizontal Vertical
aligning
/correlatio
n

Describe the etiology, Paediatrics


microbiology, pathogenesis,
natural history, clinical
features, presentations and
1 DR5.1
complications of scabies in
adults and children

Identify and differentiate Paediatrics


2 DR5.2 scabies from other lesions
in adults and children
Enumerate and describe the Paediatrics
pharmacology,
administration and adverse
3 DR5.3 Pharmacology
reaction of
pharmacotherapies for
scabies
Describe the etiology Paediatrics
pathogenesis and
4 DR6.1 diagnostic features of Microbiology
pediculosis in adults and
children
Identify and differentiate Paediatrics
pediculosis from other skin
5 DR6.2
lesions in adults and
children
168
Describe the etiology, Paediatrics
microbiology, pathogenesis
and clinical presentations
6 DR 7.1 Microbiology
and diagnostic features of
dermatophytes in adults and
children
Identify Candida species in
7 DR7.2 fungal scrapings and KOH Microbiology
mount
Describe the pharmacology
and action of antifungal
(systemic and topical) Microbiology
8 DR 7.3
agents. Enumerate side Pharmacology
effects of antifungal therapy

Describe the etiology, Paediatrics


microbiology, pathogenesis
and clinical presentations
9 DR 8.1 and diagnostic features of Microbiology
common viral infections of
the skin in adults and
children
Enumerate the indications
and describe the
pharmacology,
administration and adverse
10 DR 8.7 Pharmacology
reaction of
pharmacotherapies for
common viral illnesses of
the skin
Classify, describe the General
epidemiology, etiology, Medicine
Microbiology
microbiology,pathogenesis,
11 DR 9.1 Community
clinical presentations and
Medicine
diagnostic features of
Leprosy

169
Demonstrate (and classify General
based on) the clinical Medicine
12 DR9.2 features of leprosy including
an appropriate neurologic
examination
Enumerate, describe and General
identify lepra reactions and Pharmacology Medicine
13 DR9.4
supportive measures and
therapy of lepra reactions
Enumerate the indications General
and describe the Medicine
pharmacology,
Pharmacology
administration and adverse
Community
14 DR9.5 reaction of
Medicine
pharmacotherapies for
various classes of leprosy
based on national
guidelines.
Describe the treatment of Pharmacology General
Leprosy based on the WHO Community Medicine
15 DR9.6
guidelines Medicine

Enumerate and describe the General


complications of leprosy Medicine
Pharmacology
16 DR9.7 and its management,
Psychiatry
including understanding
disability and stigma.
Identify and classify syphilis General
17 DR10.1 based on the presentation Microbiology Medicine
and clinical manifestations
Identify spirochete in a dark Microbiology
18 DR10.2
ground microscopy
Enumerate the indications General
and describe the Medicine
Microbiology
19 DR10.3 pharmacology,
Pharmacology
administration and adverse
reaction of
170
pharmacotherapies for
syphilis.
Describe the prevention of General
20 DR10.4
congenital syphilis. Medicine
Counsel in a non- General
judgemental and empathetic Medicine
21 DR10.5 manner patients on
prevention of sexually
transmitted disease
Describe the etiology, General
diagnostic and clinical Medicine
features of non-syphilitic
22 DR10.6 Microbiology
sexually transmitted
diseases (chancroid,
donovanosis and LGV)
Identify and differentiate General
based on the clinical Medicine
features non-syphilitic
23 DR10.7 Microbiology
sexually transmitted
diseases (chancroid,
donovanosis and LGV
Enumerate the indications General
and describe the Medicine
pharmacology, indications
and adverse reactions of
Microbiology
24 DR10.8 drugs used in the non-
Pharmacology
syphilitic sexually
transmitted diseases
(chancroid, donovanosis
and LGV)
Describe the syndromic General
25 DR10.9 approach to ulcerative Medicine
sexually transmitted disease
Describe the etiology, General
DR10.1 diagnostic and clinical Medicine
26
0 features and management
of gonococcal and non-
171
gonococcal urethritis.
Describe the etiology, Obstretics &
DR10.1 diagnostic and clinical Gynecology
27
1 features and management
of vaginal discharge.
Describe the etiology, General
pathogenesis and clinical Medicine
features of the dermatologic
28 DR11.1 Microbiology
manifestations of HIV and
its complications including
opportunistic infections.
Identify and distinguish the General
dermatologic Medicine
manifestations of HIV, its
29 DR11.2 Microbiology
complications, opportunistic
infections and adverse
reactions
Enumerate the indications General
and describe the Medicine
pharmacology,
Microbiology
30 DR11.3 administration and adverse
Pharmacology
reaction of
pharmacotherapies for
dermatologic lesions in HIV
Identify and distinguish General
DR fixed drug eruptions and Pathology Medicine
31
12.7 Steven Johnson syndrome Microbiology
from other skin lesions
Describe the etiology,
pathogenesis and clinical
Microbiology
32 DR14.1 precipitating features and
Pathology
classification of Urticaria
and angioedema
Enumerate the indications
and describe the
33 DR14.5 Pharmacology
pharmacology indications
and adverse reactions of
172
drugs used in the urticarial
indications and adverse
reactions of drugs used in
the Urticaria and
angioedema.
Identify staphylococcus on
34 DR15.2 Microbiology
a gram stain
Enumerate the indications General
and describe the surgery
pharmacology, indications Microbiology
35 DR15.3 and adverse reactions of Pharmacology
topical and systemic drugs
used in treatment of
pyoderma
Enumerate the indications General
36 DR15.4
for surgical referral surgery
Identify and distinguish General
37 DR16.1 Pathology
skin lesions of SLE Medicine
Identify and distinguish Pathology General
38 DR16.2
Raynaud's phenomenon Medicine
Enumerate and identify the General
39 cutaneous findings in Medicine
DR17.1
vitamin A deficiency Paediatrics
Biochemistry
Enumerate and describe the General
various skin changes in Medicine
40 DR17.2
Vitamin B complex . Paediatrics
Biochemistry
Enumerate and describe the General
various changes in Vitamin Medicine
41 DR17.3
C deficiency. Paediatrics
Biochemistry
Enumerate and describe the General
various changes in Zinc Medicine
42 DR17.4
deficiency Paediatrics
Biochemistry
43 DR18.1 Enumerate the cutaneous General
173
features of Type 2 diabetes. Medicine
Enumerate the cutaneous General
44 DR18.2 features of hypo/hyper- Medicine
thyroidism.

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS, REFERENCE BOOKS AND ATLAS

1. Skin disease and STI’s –Uday Khopkar -7th edition


2. Skin disease diagnosis and treatment –Habif -2nd edition
3. Common skin disease –Roxburgh’s -17th edition
4. Andrew’s diseases of the skin ,clinical dermatology -13th edition
5. Handbook of leprosy –WH Jopling and C Mcdougall -5th edition
6. Illustrated synopsis of dermatology and STD – Neena khanna – 6th edition
7. Concise textbook of Dermat ology by IADVL for UGs – 2nd edition
8. Fitzpatrick’s color atlas and synopsis of clinical dermatology -8th edition
9. Textbook of Dermatology ,Venerology and Leprosy – DM Thappa – 4th edition
10. Illustrated text book of dermatology –JS Pasricha and Ramji gupta – 4th edition
11. Text book of clinical dermatology – Virendra N Sehgal – 5th edition
12. An introduction to Dermatology ,STD and Leprosy-AK Bajaj and Rajeev sharma –
1st edition

174
Reference Books
1. Rook’s text book of Dermatology – 9th edition
2. Fitzpatricks Dermatology -9th edition
3. Textbook of Dermatology – Jean L Bolognia -4th edition
4. Andrew’s diseases of skin – 12th edition
5. IADVL Textbook of Dermatology -4th edition
6. IAL Textbook of Leprosy -2nd edition
7. Sexually Transmitted Diseases – King K Homes – 4th edition

175
RESPIRATORY MEDICINE

1. GOAL: Our department intends to train the MBBS students to be competent in


diagnosis and management of obstructive airway disease and Tuberculosis.

2. OBJECTIVES

2.1 KNOWLEDGE
At the end of the course the student should be able to
i. Define, discuss and approach respiratory symptoms like cough, shortness of
breath, haemoptysis and generate differential diagnosis based on the clinical
history.
ii. Describe, select, and interpret diagnostic tests based on the clinical presentation.
iii. Discuss the epidemiology, clinical manifestations, diagnosis and management of
tuberculosis.
iv. Describe and discuss the epidemiology, the predisposing factors and therapeutic
factors that determine resistance to drugs.
v. Discuss the pharmacology, contraindications, interactions and adverse reactions of
anti-tubercular drugs.
vi. Define, classify and discuss the epidemiology, clinical manifestations, diagnosis
and management of obstructive airway disease.
vii. Differentiate between asthma and COPD; describe the severity and risk factors
associated with exacerbation of obstructive airway disease.
viii. Discuss and describe the impact of OAD on the society and workplace preventive
measures to reduce OAD in workplaces.
2.2 SKILLS
At the end of the course the student should be able to:
i. Elicit, document and present an appropriate medical history that includes
respiratory symptoms, risk factors.
ii. Demonstrate and perform a systematic examination that establishes the
diagnosis based on the clinical presentation that includes general and systemic
examination.
iii. Perform and interpret important diagnostic tests like AFB smear, pulmonary
function test, peak expiratory flow rate, CXR, mantoux test.
iv. Demonstrate and counsel patient on the correct use of inhalers.

176
2.3 ATTITUDE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS
At the end of the course, the learner shall be able to:
i. Counsel patients appropriately on smoking cessation, compliance with
medications and the correct use of inhalers
ii. Communicate diagnosis, treatment plan and subsequent follow up plan to
patients

5.4 INTEGRATION:
The teaching should be aligned and integrated horizontally and vertically in order to
allow the students to recognize, diagnose and treat TB in the context of society,
national health priorities, drug resistance and comorbid conditions like HIV.

6. TEACHING HOURS AND COURSE CONTENT


A. Teaching Hours
Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Theory
No Hours
1 Large group teaching 10
2 Small group teaching (SGT) : SGD/Tutorials/Seminars 08
3 Self-directed Learning( SDL) 02
TOTAL 20

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Practicals
No weeks
1 Bedside clinics/practicals/autopsies nil
TOTAL

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method
No Hours
1 AETCOM
2 Skill Lab
TOTAL

177
B. Course contents
iv. THEORY
Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Large group No. of
No. core/ non-core competency teaching Hours=10
domain K LEVEL
K/KH,
1 CT1.1 Describe and discuss the epidemiology KH 1
of tuberculosis and its impact on the work,
life and economy of India KH
CT1.2 Describe and discuss the microbiology
of tubercle bacillus, mode of transmission,
pathogenesis, clinical evolution and natural K
history of pulmonary and extra pulmonary
forms (including lymph node, bone and CNS)
KH
CT1.3 Discuss and describe the impact of co-
infection with HIV and other co-morbid
conditions. Like diabetes on the natural
history of tuberculosis
CT1.12 Enumerate the indications for tests
including: serology, special cultures and
polymerase chain reaction and sensitivity
testing
2 CT1.14 Describe and discuss the KH 1
pharmacology of various anti-tuberculous
agents, their indications, contraindications, SH
interactions and adverse reactions
CT1.15 Prescribe an appropriate
antituberculosis regimen based on the
location of disease, smear positivity and
negativity and comorbidities based on
current national guidelines including directly
observed tuberculosis therapy (DOTS)
3 CT1.4 Describe the epidemiology, the KH 1
predisposing factors and microbial and
therapeutic factors that determine resistance
to drugs
Define criteria for the cure of Tuberculosis;
178
describe and recognize the features of drug
resistant tuberculosis, prevention and
therapeutic regimens
4 CT1.2 Describe and discuss the microbiology KH 1
of tubercle bacillus, mode of transmission,
pathogenesis, clinical evolution and natural
history of pulmonary and extra pulmonary
forms (including lymph node, bone and CNS)
5 CT1.14 Describe and discuss the KH 1
pharmacology of various anti-tuberculous
agents, their indications, contraindications,
interactions and adverse reactions
6 CT2.1 Define and classify obstructive airway KH 1
disease KH
CT2.2 Describe and discuss the KH
epidemiology, risk factors and evolution of
obstructive airway disease
CT2.5 Describe and discuss the genetics of
alpha 1 antitrypsin deficiency in emphysema
7 CT2.6 Describe the role of the environment in KH 1
the cause and exacerbation of obstructive
airway disease KH
CT2.7 Describe and discuss allergic and non-
allergic precipitants of obstructive airway
disease
8 CT2.16 Discuss and describe therapies for KH 1
OAD including bronchodilators, leukotriene
inhibitors, mast cell stabilisers, theophylline,
inhaled and systemic steroids, oxygen and
immunotherapy KH
CT2.17 Describe and discuss the indications
for vaccinations in OAD
9 CT2.3 Enumerate and describe the causes of KH 1
acute episodes in patients with obstructive
airway disease KH
CT2.6 Describe the role of the environment in
the cause and exacerbation of obstructive KH
179
airway disease
CT2.20 Describe and discuss the principles
and use of oxygen therapy in the hospital
and at home
10 CT2.4 Describe and discuss the physiology KH 1
and pathophysiology of hypoxia and
hypercapneia

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) core/ non- Small No. of
No. core competency group Hours=8
teaching
domain
K/S/A
Level
K/KH/S/SH
1 CT1.15 Prescribe an appropriate antituberculosis SH 1
regimen based on the location of disease, smear
positivity and negativity and comorbidities based on
current national guidelines including directly observed
tuberculosis therapy (DOTS)
2 CT1.3 Discuss and describe the impact of co-infection K 1
with HIV and other co-morbid conditions. Like diabetes
on the natural history of tuberculosis
3 CT1.13 Describe and discuss the origin, indications, KH 1
technique of administration, efficacy and complications
of the BCG vaccine

180
4 CT1.16 Describe the appropriate precautions, screening, KH 1
testing and indications for chemoprophylaxis for
contacts and exposed health care workers
5 CT2.13 Describe the appropriate diagnostic work up SH 1
based on the presumed aetiology
6 CT2.18 Develop a therapeutic plan including use of SH 1
bronchodilators and inhaled corticosteroids
7 CT2.14 Enumerate the indications for and interpret the SH 1
results of : pulse oximetry, ABG, Chest Radiograph
CT2.20 Describe and discuss the principles and use of KH
oxygen therapy in the hospital and at home
8 CT2.28 Demonstrate an understanding for the KH 1
difficulties faced by patients during smoking cessation

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Self-directed No. of


No. core/ non-core competency learning Hours=
domain K/S/A 2
Level K/KH,
1. CT2.14 Enumerate the indications for and SH 2
interpret the results of : pulse oximetry, ABG,
Chest Radiograph KH
CT2.28 Demonstrate an understanding for the
difficulties faced by patients during smoking
cessation

181
xi. PRACTICAL/BEDSIDE CLINICS
Nil for 3rd professional year part 1
Skill lab nil for 3rd professional year part 1

xii. AETCOM

Sl. Module Module number Lectures Small No. of


No. Number [hours] group Hours
[hours]
1. AETCOM Module 3.4- Identify, discuss and 2 3 5
defend medicolegal, socio-cultural
and ethical issues as it pertains to
confidentiality in patient care.

7. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

Eligibility criteria:
 Eligibility for exams: 80% attendance in theory classes and bedside
clinics
 Completion of log and record books
 Learners must have completed the required certifiable competencies
Pass criteria: Obtaining 50% marks in end of posting exams and as an allied subject of
medicine in general medicine theory exams
 Student shall secure at least 50% of the total marks (combined in theory and
practical) assigned for internal assessment in order to be declared successful at the
final university exam.
 Internal assessment will appear as a separate head of passing at summative exams
 A candidate, who has not secured requisite aggregate in the internal assessment has
to successfully complete the remediation measures prescribed by the University.
Candidates who fail to meet prescribed 50% marks in internal assessment after
availing remedial measures will not be eligible for the university exams.

182
A. FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT
THEORY INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:
 As a part of General Medicine Internal Assessments (IAs)
 Learners who have not completed the required number of internal assessment
exams for genuine reasons will be given remediation
 Formative assessment marks shall be calculated based on scoring in written tests
and AETCOM modules.
 Formative assessment: based on day to day assessment of SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/
Tutorials/ Seminars/ Assignments [records of activities used for assessment to be
maintained by the department]
 Written exams will include MCQ’s[MCQs not exceeding 20%]/Structured Long Essay
Questions/Short essay questions/Short Answer questions
 30% of marks will be for higher order thinking
 Content under Noncore category cannot be assessed in Summative assessments.
However, the same can be assessed in Formative assessments.
PRACTICAL INTERNAL ASSESSMENT
 Clinical end posting exams [EOP] was conducted including Viva/oral examination in
2nd professional year

DEPARTMENT OF RESPIRATORY MEDICINE & TUBERCULOSIS


Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Final
THEORY Phase 3-1
Total
Theory# 45
Written MCQ 20
AETCOM* 05
Formative assessment:
SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/
10
FA Tutorials/ Seminars/
Assignments
Logbook 10
Total 90 90
FINAL THEORY IA MARKS = 15 (final total divided by 6)
* To be included as a question in theory paper

183
DEPARTMENT OF RESPIRATORY MEDICINE & TUBERCULOSIS
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 2 Final
PRACTICAL
2wk posting Total
Clinical skills assessment
(OSCE/ Mini-CEX/ Case 30
EOP presentation/ AETCOM)
Viva-voce (may include
10
AETCOM)
Formative assessment 05
Others
Logbook/ Record book 05
Total 50 50
FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS = 10 (final total divided by 5)
At least one EOP is to be conducted with OSCE as a part of it.
AETCOM may be included as an OSCE station or as a part of viva-voce during
EOP, if it needs to be assessed in practical (Refer competency booklet &
AETCOM module)

Blue-printing of Internal assessments in Respiratory Medicine & Tuberculosis

Number of questions
BLUEPRINT
IA-1
MCQ
20
(1 mark each)
Structured Long Essay
01
(10 marks each)
Short Essay
08
(5 marks each)
Short Answer
10
(2 marks each)
Total
90
(in marks)
* AETCOM should have a weightage of 5 marks

184
B. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:
Respiratory medicine is learnt and assessed during professional years [PY] 2 and 3 part

1. Summative assessment will be held at the end of 3rd professional year part 2 as
a part of general medicine theory papers as respiratory medicine is an allied
subject of general medicine.
Pass criteria:
 University Theory Exam – Student should secure at least 50% marks in general
medicine theory to pass.
 University Practical Exam – Student shall secure at least 50% marks (including Viva-
voce) in general medicine to pass
8. INTEGRATION:

Competency list for integration


SL Comp Competency to be nesting/ sharing/ Integrating department
No. integrated aligning /correlation Horizontal Vertical

Assist in the
performance,
outline the correct Sharing
tests that require
1 CT1.11 Horizontal
to be performed
and interpret he
results of a pleural
fluid aspiration.

9. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS, REFERENCE BOOKS AND ATLAS

1. Macleod's Clinical Examination, 14th Edition


2. Hutchison's Clinical Methods, 24th Edition
3. Davidson's Principles and Practice of Medicine, 23rd Edition
4. Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India
5. Tuberculosis by S.K.Sharma, 2nd edition
185
CASUALTY

1. GOAL

Broad goal of teaching undergraduate medical students in casualty clinical posting is


to enable them to manage emergencies with adequate competence at primary care
level

2. OBJECTIVES

2.1 KNOWLEDGE
The student shall be able to understand the principles of:
 Approach to patients presenting with common emergency problems
 To understand medicolegal formalities
 To understand principles of disaster management

2.2 SKILLS
At the end of the postings, the student shall be able to :
 Take history,
 Examine patients,
 Interpret clinical and investigational data,
 Documentation of medical data,
 Work in teams,
 Provide timely and appropriate care for patients
 Coordinate with other departments

2.3 ATTITUDE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS


At the end of the course, the learner shall be able to:
 Communicate properly with patients and their relatives about patients
condition and plan of treatment
 Communicate effectively with other departments
 Communicate cordially with peers and support staff
 Communication aptly with legal authorities
 Demonstrates respect for teachers, nurses, colleagues, patients and support
staff

186
2.4 INTEGRATION:
At the end of the course, the learner shall be able to:
Understand principles of integration of patient care with other departments

3. TEACHING HOURS AND COURSE CONTENT

A. Teaching Hours

Sl.
Teaching Learning Method Practicals No. weeks
No
1 Bedside clinics/practicals 2 weeks
TOTAL

Sl.
Teaching Learning Method No. of Hours
No
1 AETCOM As allotted
2 Skill Lab As allotted
TOTAL

B. Course contents
i. THEORY: nil

ii. PRACTICAL
Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Bedside Clinics/DOAP/field No. of
No. Number) core/ non-core competency visits domain K/S/A weeks=2
Level K/KH/S/SH,
1 Orientation and TRIAGE
2 Approach to and management of
acute abdomen
3 Approach to and management of a
patient with sepsis [medical and
surgical]
4 Approach to and management of a
patient with shock
5 Approach to and management of a
patient with acute dyspnoea
187
6 Approach to and management of an
unconscious patient and a case of
status epilepticus
7 Approach to and management of a
patient with poisoning or overdose
8 Approach to and management of a
patient with envenomations
9 Basic idea about Medico Legal Case
10 Trauma resuscitation
11 Mass casualty/ disaster management
12 Revision
13 Revision
14 End of posting examination

4. SKILL LAB:
Comp no. Competency Duration Number of
Description [ P] hours batches[number of
students per batch]
AS ALLOTED

Total

5. CERTIFICATION OF SKILLS: nil

6. AETCOM

Sl. No. Module Number Lectures [hours] Small group [hours] No. of Hours
AETCOM AS ALLOTED hours

188
7. Clinical clerkship plan

WORK PATTERN
MONDAY 10 am to 11 am
NEW case history taking, examination and case sheet writing.
11 am to 1 pm
Clinical case presentation and subject discussion
Tuesday 10 am to 11 am
NEW case history taking, examination and case sheet writing.
11 am to 1 pm
Clinical case presentation and subject discussion
10 am to 11 am
Wednesday NEW case history taking, examination and case sheet writing.
11 am to 1 pm
Clinical case presentation and subject discussion
Thursday 10 am to 11 am
NEW case history taking, examination and case sheet writing.
11 am to 1 pm
Clinical case presentation and subject discussion
Friday 10 am to 11 am
NEW case history taking, examination and case sheet writing.
11 am to 1 pm
Clinical case presentation and subject discussion
SATURDAY MEDICOLEGAL DOCUMENTATION

8. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

Eligibility criteria:
 Eligibility for exams: 80% attendance in bedside clinics
 completion of log and record books
 Learners must have completed the required certifiable competencies
Pass criteria: obtaining 50% marks in end of posting exams and as an allied subject of
medicine.

189
B. FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT

PRACTICAL INTERNAL ASSESSMENT


 Clinical end posting exams [EOP] will be conducted
 Viva/oral examination should assess approach to clinical context and included in
practical IA marks.

DEPARTMENT OF CASUALTY
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment

THEORY ALL PHASES

Theory
Written
MCQ
NO THEORY
Formative assessment:
CLASSES
SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/ Tutorials/ Seminars/
FA ALLOTTED
Assignments
Logbook
Total 00
FINAL THEORY IA MARKS = 00

DEPARTMENT OF CASUALTY
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 3-1
PRACTICAL
2 weeks posting
Clinical skills assessment 30
EOP
Viva-voce 10
Formative assessment 05
Others
Logbook/ Record book 05
Total 50
FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS = 05 (final total divided by 10)

190
C. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:
As a part of general medicine exams

9. INTEGRATION:
.

Competency list for integration


SL Comp Competency to be nesting/ Integrating department
No. integrated sharing/ Horizontal Vertical
aligning
/correlation

Trauma resuscitation NESTING ORTHOPEDIC


1 S, GENERAL
SURGERY
MLC Recording NESTING FORENSIC
2
MEDICINE

10. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS, REFERENCE BOOKS AND ATLAS

Textbooks:
 Tintinalli’s Emergency medicine
 Rosen’s Text book of emergency medicine

Journals:
 Indian journal of critical care medicine
 The American Journal of emergency medicine
 Journal of Emergencies, Trauma & shock

191
PSYCHIATRY
CURRICULUM FOR THE PY III PART I
1. GOAL
Our goal is to train the learner to perform as a clinician
 who is capable of providing preventive, promotive, curative, palliative and
holistic care with compassion to patients having common ailments,
 who can lead and function in a health care team efficiently,
 who is capable of communicating with patients and their families
appropriately,
 who is committed to continuous self-improvement in skills and knowledge
 who is a committed, ethical and responsive professional
 who is accountable to patients, their families, community and profession

2. OBJECTIVES:

2.1 KNOWLEDGE
 The Indian Medical Graduate after his/her training in the department of
Psychiatry at SDMCMS&H should be able to demonstrate understanding of
the psychological basis, epidemiological profile, signs and symptoms of
diseases and their investigation, management prevention and
rehabilitation.

2.2 SKILLS: At the end of the course the student should be able to:
 Competently interview and examine a patient of any age group and make a
clinical diagnosis
 Appropriately order and interpret laboratory and psychological tests
 Initiate appropriate cost-effective treatment based on an understanding of
the rational drug prescriptions medical interventions required and
preventive measures,
 Independently perform common medical procedures safely
 Document his/her observations accurately,
 Follow up patients with psychological / medical problems and refer
whenever required,
 Communicate effectively, educate and counsel the patient and family,
 Manage common psychiatric emergencies and refer when required,

192
2.3 ATTITUDE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS:
At the end of the course, the learner shall be able to
 Respect patient’s autonomy
 Do no harm
 Understand and follow the principle of beneficence
 Think and act in a just manner
 Demonstrate empathy
 Respect privacy
 Maintain confidentiality
 Communicate effectively,
 Educate and counsel the patient and family,
 Maintain punctuality
 Work in a team of peers, seniors and interdepartmental personnel.

2.4 COMPETENCIES:
The student must demonstrate:
 Ability to promote mental health and mental hygiene,
 Knowledge of aetiology (bio-psycho-social-environmental interactions),
clinical features, diagnosis and management of common psychiatric
disorders across all ages,
 Ability to recognize and manage common psychological and psychiatric
disorders in a primary care setting, institute preliminary treatment in
disorders difficult to manage, and refer appropriately,
 Ability to recognize alcohol/ substance abuse disorders and refer them to
appropriate centres,
 Ability to assess risk for suicide and refer appropriately,
 Ability to recognize temperamental difficulties and personality disorders,
 Assess mental disability and rehabilitate appropriately,
 Understanding of National and State programmes that address mental
health and welfare of patients and community.

2.5 INTEGRATION
At the end of the course, the learner shall be able to form concepts through aligned and
integrated learning experiences in order to provide sound psychological and biological
basis incorporating the principles of psychology and psychiatry into a holistic and
comprehensive approach to the care of the patient.

193
3. TEACHING HOURS AND COURSE CONTENT

C. Teaching Hours
Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Theory
No Hours
1 Large group teaching 25
2 Small group teaching (SGT) : SGD/Tutorials/Seminars 10
3 Self-directed Learning( SDL) 05
TOTAL 45

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Practicals
No weeks
1 Bedside clinics 2
TOTAL

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method
No Hours
1 AETCOM 5hrs
TOTAL

D. Course contents
v. THEORY:

Psychiatry Lecture Schedule

No Topic Competencies Posting Time T/L Assess


method ment
1 Doctor patient ● Components of 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
relationship communication year hour Small tten/MC
● breaking bad news Group Qs
● importance of
confidentiality
PS1.2

194
2 Mental health ● Stress, components 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
and cause year hour Small tten/MC
● Time-management, Group Qs
study skills, balanced
diet, sleep wake cycle
PS2.1, PS2.2
3 Mental health ● Components of 3rd 1 Lecture Written/
memory, learning and year hour / small Viva/MC
emotions groups Qs
● Principles of
personality
development and
motivation
● Define and
distinguish between
normality and
abnormality
PS2.3, PS2.4, PS2.5
4 Introduction ● Growth, history, 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
to psychiatry development of year hour Small tten/MC
psychiatry as Group Qs
specialty
● Brain and behaviour
PS3.1
5 Introduction ● Signs and symptoms 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
to psychiatry of common mental year hour Small tten/MC
disorders Group Qs
● Biological,
psychological and
social factors and
their interactions in
causation of mental
disorders
● Distinguish psychotic
and non-psychotic
disorders
PS3.2, PS3.6, PS3.12
195
6 Introduction ● Pharmacological 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
to psychiatry basis and side- year hour Small tten/MC
effects of drugs used Group Qs
in psychiatric
disorders
PS3.10
7 Substance ● Magnitude & etiology 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
Use disorders ● Treatment year hour Small tten/MC
● Pharmacological Group Qs
basis and side-
effects of drugs
● Conditions for
specialist referral
PS4.1, PS4.4, PS4.6,
PS4.7
8 Psychotic ● Magnitude & etiology 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
disorders ● Treatment year hour Small tten/MC
● Pharmacological Group Qs
basis and side-
effects of drugs
● Conditions for
specialist referral
PS5.1, PS5.3, PS5.5,
PS5.6
9 Depression ● Magnitude & etiology 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
● Treatment year hour Small tten/MC
● Pharmacological Group Qs
basis and side-
effects of drugs
● Conditions for
specialist referral
PS6.1, PS6.4, PS6.6,
PS6.7
10 Bipolar ● Magnitude & etiology 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
disorders ● Treatment year hour Small tten/MC
● Pharmacological Group Qs
basis and side-
196
effects of drugs
● Conditions for
specialist referral
PS7.1, PS7.4, PS7.6,
PS7.7
11 Assessment First Formative 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
assessment year hour Small tten/MC
Group Qs
12 Anxiety ● Magnitude & etiology 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
disorders ● Treatment year hour Small tten/MC
● Pharmacological Group Qs
basis and side-
effects of drugs
● Conditions for
specialist referral
PS8.1, PS8.4, PS8.6,
PS8.7
13 OCD ● Magnitude & etiology 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
● Treatment year hour Small tten/MC
● Pharmacological Group Qs
basis and side-1 hour
effects of drugs
● Conditions for
specialist referral
● PS8.1, PS8.4, PS8.6,
PS8.7
14 Stress related ● Magnitude & etiology 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
disorders ● Treatment year hour Small tten/MC
● Pharmacological Group Qs
basis and side-
effects of drugs
● Conditions for
specialist referral
● PS9.1, PS9.4, PS9.6,
PS9.7

197
15 Personality ● Magnitude & 3rd 1 Lecture Viva/wri
disorders etiology year hour / tten/MC
● Treatment Small Qs
● Pharmacological Group
basis and side-
effects of drugs
● Conditions for
specialist referral
PS11.1, PS11.4,
PS11.6, PS11.7
16 Psychosexual ● Magnitude & 3rd 1 Lecture Viva/wri
and Gender etiology year hour / tten/MC
Identity ● Treatment Small Qs
disorders ● Pharmacological Group
basis and side-
(Psychosexual effects of drugs
disorders) ● Conditions for
specialist referral
PS13.1, PS13.4,
PS13.6, PS13.7
17 Psychosexual ● Magnitude & 3rd 1 Lecture Viva/wri
and Gender etiology year hour / tten/MC
Identity ● Treatment Small Qs
disorders ● Pharmacological Group
basis and side-
(Gender effects of drugs
Identity ● Conditions for
disorders) specialist referral
PS13.1, PS13.4,
PS13.6, PS13.7
18 Emotional & ● Magnitude & 3rd 1 Lecture Viva/wri
Behavioral etiology year hour / tten/MC
problems in ● Treatment Small Qs
Child and ● Pharmacological Group
Adolescence basis and side-
(ADHD, ODD, effects of drugs
198
CD) ● Conditions for
specialist referral
PS14.1, PS14.3,
PS14.5, PS14.6
19 Other specific ● Magnitude & 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
childhood etiology year hour Small tten/MC
psychiatric ● Treatment Group Qs
disorders ● Pharmacological
(enuresis) basis and side-
effects of drugs
● Conditions for
specialist referral
PS14.1, PS14.3,
PS14.5, PS14.6
20 Psychiatric ● Common 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
disorders in psychiatric year hour Small tten/MC
elderly disorders including Group Qs
dementia,
depression &
psychosis
● Magnitude &
etiology
● Therapy in elderly
● Conditions for
specialist referral
PS16.1, PS16.2,
PS16.3, PS16.5
21 Psychiatric ● Describe 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
emergencies recognition of year hour Small tten/MC
psychiatric Group Qs
emergencies like
suicide, deliberate
self-harm and
aggressive
PS17.1, PS17.2,
PS17.3

199
22 Therapeutics ● Describe principles 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
of psychosocial year hour Small tten/MC
interventions in Group Qs
psychiatric illness
including
psychotherapy,
rehabilitation and
behavioral therapy
PS18.3
23 Assessment ● Second Formative 3rd 1 Lecture/ Viva/wri
assessment year hour Small tten/MC
Group Qs
24 Revision Class 3rd 1 Lecture/
year hour Small
Group
25 Review and Feedback

Integrated Lecture Schedule

No Topic Competencies Posting & Time T/L Assessm


Integratio method ent
n
rd
1 Introduction to ● Enumerate, 3 year 1 Lecture/ Viva/writt
psychiatry describe General hour Small en/MCQs
common Medicine Group
psychiatric
disorders,
magnitude,
etiology and
clinical
features in
patients with
organic
psychiatric
disorders
● Essential
investigations
200
in patients
with organic
psychiatric
disorders
PS3.7, PS3.8
2 Alcohol and  Magnitude and 3rd year 1 Lecture/ Viva/writt
substance use aetiology of General hour Small en/MCQs
disorders alcohol use Medicine Group
disorders
 Treatment of
alcohol use
disorders
including
pharmacothera
py and
psychotherapy
 Pharmacologic
al basis and
side-effects of
drugs in
alcohol use
disorders
 Appropriate
conditions for
specialist
referrals in
alcohol use
disorders
PS4.1, PS4.4,
PS4.6, PS4.7
3 Psychosomatic ● Magnitude and 3rd year 1 Lecture/ Viva/writ
disorders etiology of General hour Small ten/MCQ
psychosomatic Medicin Group s
disorders e
● Treatment of
psychosomatic
disorders
201
● Pharmacologic
al basis of
treatment and
side-effects of
psychosomatic
disorders
● Appropriate
conditions for
specialist
referral
PS12.1, PS12.4,
PS12.6, PS12.7
4 Psychosomatic ● Magnitude and 3rd year 1 Lecture/ Viva/writ
disorders etiology of Dermato hour Small ten/MCQ
psychosomatic logy Group s
disorders
● Treatment of
psychosomatic
disorders
● Pharmacologic
al basis of
treatment and
side-effects of
psychosomatic
disorders
● Appropriate
conditions for
specialist
referral
PS12.1, PS12.4,
PS12.6, PS12.7
5 Mental ● Magnitude & 3rd year 1 Lecture/ Viva/writt
retardation, etiology Pediatri hour Small en/MCQs
scholastic ● Intelligence cs Group
backwardness, quotient and
neurodevelopm assessment
ental disorders, ● Psychosocial
202
autism treatments and
interventions
PS15.1, PS15.3,
PS15.4
6 Miscellaneous ● Relevance and 3rd year 1 Lecture/ Viva/writ
role of Commu hour Small ten/MCQ
community nity Group s
psychiatry psychiat
● Objectives, ry
strategies and
contents of
National
Mental Health
Program
● Enumerate and
describe
salient features
of MHCA 2017
● Describe the
concept
principles of
preventive
mental health
promotion
(positive
mental health);
and community
education
● Enumerate and
describe the
identifying
features and
the principles
of participatory
management
of mental
illness
203
occurring
during and
after disasters
PS19.1, PS19.2,
PS19.4, PS19.5,
PS19.6
7 Miscellaneous ● Describe and 3rd year 1 Lecture/ Viva/writ
discuss basic Forensic hour Small ten/MCQ
legal and Group s
ethical issues
in psychiatry
PS19.3,
PS19.4
8 Risk ● Enumerate and 3rd year 1 Lecture/ Viva/writ
assessment for describe hour Small ten/MCQ
suicide recognition of Group s
suicide risk in
individuals
PS17.1
9 ECT and other ● Indications of 3rd year 1 Lecture/ Viva/writ
modalities like modified ECT hour Small ten/MCQs
RTMS ● Indications of Group
other
modalities
PS 18.2
10 Psychological 3rd year 1 Lecture/ Viva/writ
assessments hour Small ten/MCQ
Group s

204
xiii. PRACTICAL
Clinical postings in III MBBS part I (Part B)
N Topic Competencies Time T/L method Assessm
o ent
01 Organic ● Enumerate, describe 3 hours Guided OSCE,
psychiatry common psychiatric observation of OSLER,
disorders, magnitude, consultants, DOPS,
etiology and clinical role-plays, CBD
features in patients demonstration
with organic s, simulations,
psychiatric disorders Audio-visual
● Essential aids
investigations in
patients with organic
psychiatric disorders
● Describe the steps and
demonstrate in a
simulated environment
family education in
patients with organic
psychiatric disorders
PS 3.7, 3.8 & 3.9
02 OCD ● Describe, elicit & 3 hours Guided OSCE,
document clinical observation of OSLER,
history in patient with consultants, DOPS,
OCD role-plays, CBD
● Enumeration, describe demonstration
and interpret s, simulations,
laboratory Audio-visual
investigations in such aids
patients
PS8.2, PS8.3
03 Stress ● Describe, elicit & 3 hours Guided OSCE,
related/Diss document clinical observation of OSLER,
ociative features of stress consultants, DOPS,
disorders related/dissociative role-plays, CBD
disorders demonstration
205
● Enumeration, describe s, simulations,
and interpret Audio-visual
laboratory aids
investigations in such
patients
PS9.2, PS9.3
04 Somatofor ● Describe, elicit & 3 hours Guided OSCE,
m disorders document clinical observation of OSLER,
features of consultants, DOPS,
somatoform disorders role-plays, CBD
● Enumeration, describe demonstration
and interpret s, simulations,
laboratory Audio-visual
investigations in such aids
patients
● Demonstrate family
education in a patient
with somatoform,
dissociative and
conversion disorders
in a simulated
environment
PS10.2, PS10.3, 10.5
05 Personality ● Describe, elicit & 3 hours Guided OSCE,
disorders document clinical observation of OSLER,
features of personality consultants, DOPS,
disorders role-plays, CBD
● Enumeration, describe demonstration
and interpret s, simulations,
laboratory Audio-visual
investigations in such aids
patients
● Demonstrate family
education in a patient
with personality
disorders in a
simulated environment
206
PS11.2, PS11.3, PS 11.5
06 Psychosom ● Describe, elicit & 3 Guided OSCE,
atic document clinical hours observation of OSLER,
disorders features in patients consultants, DOPS,
with psychosomatic role-plays, CBD
disorders demonstration
● Enumeration, describe s, simulations,
and interpret Audio-visual
laboratory aids
investigations in such
patients
● Demonstrate family
education in a patient
with psychosomatic
disorders in a
simulated environment
PS12.2,PS12.3, PS 12.5
07 Psychosexu ● Describe, elicit & 3 Guided OSCE,
al and document clinical hours observation of OSLER,
Gender features in patients consultants, DOPS,
Identity with psychosexual and role-plays, CBD
disorders gender identity demonstration
disorders s, simulations,
● Enumeration, describe Audio-visual
and interpret aids
laboratory
investigations in such
patients
● Demonstrate family
education in a patient
with psychosexual and
gender identity
disorders in a
simulated environment
PS13.2, PS13.3, PS 13.5

207
08 Child and ● Describe, elicit & 3 Guided OSCE,
adolescent document clinical hour observation of OSLER,
psychiatric features in patients s consultants, DOPS,
disorders with child and role-plays, CBD
adolescent psychiatric demonstration
disorders s, simulations,
● Enumeration, describe Audio-visual
and interpret aids
laboratory
investigations in such
patients
● Demonstrate family
education in a patient
with psychiatric
disorders occurring in
childhood and
adolescence in a
simulated environment
PS14.2, PS 14.4
09 Mental ● Elicit and document a 3 Guided OSCE,
retardation history and clinical hour observation of OSLER,
examination and s consultants, DOPS,
choose appropriate role-plays, CBD
investigations in a demonstration
patient with mental s, simulations,
retardation Audio-visual
● Describe, elicit & aids
document clinical
history in child with
mental retardation
● Perform adequate
physical examination
in such children
● Choose appropriate
investigations in child
with mental
retardation
208
PS 15.3, PS15.4
10 Psychiatric ● Perform family 3 Guided OSCE,
disorders in education in a patient hour observation of OSLER,
elderly with psychiatric s consultants, DOPS,
disorders in elderly in a role-plays, CBD
simulated environment demonstration
PS16.4 s, simulations,
Audio-visual
aids
11 Family  Describe and 3 Guided OSCE,
education demonstrate steps of hour observation of OSLER,
family education in a s consultants, DOPS,
simulated environment role-plays, CBD
in a patient with demonstration
following psychiatric s, simulations,
disorders Audio-visual
● Personality aids
disorders
● Psychosomatic
disorders
● Psychosexual and
Gender identity
disorders
● Psychiatric
disorders in
childhood and
adolescence
● Elderly with
psychiatric
illnesses
PS11.5, PS12.5, PS13.5,
PS14.4, PS16.5
12 End of With feedback 3 OSCE
postings hours
Assessment
Total 36
Hours
209
# OSCE (Objective Structured Clinical Examination)
# OSLER (Objective Structured Long Examination Record)
# DOPS (Direct Observation of Procedural Skills)
# CBD (Case Based Discussion)

SELF DIRECTED LEARNING (SDL) schedule: 5 hours

No Topic Competencies Time T/L method Assessment


01 Stigma Enumerate the 1hr Lecture/ Viva/written
components of Small Group /MCQs
stigma
DR9.7
02 Suicide Define Suicide 1hr Lecture/ Viva/written
Components of Small Group /MCQs
Suicidal Behavior
Evaluation of Suicidal
behavior

PS17.1
03 Memory Describe and discuss 1hr Lecture/ Viva/written
and the physiological Small Group /MCQs
Learning basis of memory,
learning and speech
PY10.9

04 Emotions Define and describe 1hr Lecture/ Viva/written


the principles of Small Group /MCQs
emotions
PS2.3
05 Addiction Behavioral addiction 1hr Lecture/ Viva/written
PH1.22 Small Group /MCQs
Total 05
Hours

210
SKILL LAB: NIL

CERTIFICATION OF SKILLS: NIL

xiv. AETCOM: MODULE 3.1: THE FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNICATION

Sl. No. Module Lectures Small group No. of Hours


Number [hours] [hours]
AETCOM 3hrs 2hrs 5hrs

xv. Clinical clerkship plan

Days UNIT-I UNIT-II


Monday : Day 1 10:00am – 1:00 am Case work up : History taking,
OPD case Mental Status Examination
presentation

5-6 pm: Admitted


patients case work
up
Tuesday: Day 2 Case work up : 10:00am – 1:00 am
History taking, OPD case presentation
Mental Status
Examination 5-6 pm: Admitted patients case
work up
Wednesday: Day 3 10:00am – 1:00 am Case work up: Investigations and
OPD case management
presentation

5-6 pm: Admitted


patients case work
up

211
Thursday: Day 4 Case work up: 10:00am – 1:00 am
Investigations and OPD case presentation
management
5-6 pm: Admitted patients case work
up
Friday: Day 5 10:00am – 1:00 am Case work up: Psychological
OPD case assessments
presentation – follow
up cases
5-6 pm: Admitted
patients case work
up
Saturday: Day 6 Case work up: 10:00am – 1:00 am
Psychological OPD case presentation – follow up
assessments cases
5-6 pm: Admitted patients case work
up
Monday: Day 7 10:00am – 1:00 am Case work up : Pre ECT evaluation
OPD case
presentation – follow
up cases
5-6 pm: Admitted
patients case work
up
Tuesday: Day 8 Case work up : Pre 10:00am – 1:00 am
ECT evaluation OPD case presentation – follow up
cases
5-6 pm: Admitted patients case work
up
Wednesday: Day 9 10:00am – 1:00 am Case work up: Psychoeducation
OPD case
presentation –
application of scales

5-6 pm: Admitted


patients case work
up
212
Thursday: Day 10 Case work up: 10:00am – 1:00 am
Psychoeducation OPD case presentation – application
of scales

5-6 pm: Admitted patients case work


up
Friday: Day 11 10:00am – 1:00 am Case work up: Psychiatric
OPD case Emergency Assessment
presentation –
Explaining adherence
to treatment

5-6 pm: Admitted


patients case work
up
Saturday: Day 12 Case work up: 10:00am – 1:00 am
Psychiatric OPD case presentation: Explaining
Emergency adherence to treatment
Assessment
5-6 pm: Admitted patients case work
up

4. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

Eligibility criteria:
 Learners must secure at least 50% marks of total marks (combined in theory and
practical; not less than 40% marks in theory and practical separately) assigned for
internal assessment in in order to be eligible for appearing at the University
examination.
 Student should get a minimum of 75% attendance in Theory and 80 % in Practical
classes to be eligible to appear for university examination.
 Learners must have completed the required certifiable competencies and
completed the logbook.

213
A. FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT

THEORY INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:


 A minimum of 2 Internal Assessments (IAs) to be conducted
 One of the internal exams will be conducted like preliminary exams
 Learners who have not completed the required number of internal assessment
exams for genuine reasons will be given a chance of remediation
 Formative assessment marks shall be calculated based on scoring in written tests
and AETCOM modules.
 Formative assessment: based on day to day assessment of SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/
Tutorials/ Seminars/ Assignments [records of activities used for assessment to be
maintained by the department]
 Written exams will include MCQ’s[MCQs not exceeding 20%]/Structured Long Essay
Questions/Short essay questions/Short Answer questions
 30%of marks will be for higher order thinking
 Content under Noncore category cannot be assessed in Summative assessments.
However, the same can be assessed in Formative assessments.

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHIATRY
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
THEORY Phase 3-1
Final Total
IA-1 IA-2
Theory# 35 20
Written MCQ 10 10
AETCOM* 05 --
Formative assessment:
SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/
05 05
FA Tutorials/ Seminars/
Assignments
Logbook 05 05
Total 60 40 100
FINAL THEORY IA MARKS = 20 (final total divided by 5)
* To be included as a question in theory paper

214
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHIATRY
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 2 Phase 3-1
Final
PRACTICAL 2wk 2wk
Total
posting posting
Clinical skills assessment
(OSCE/ Mini-CEX/ Case 20 30
EOP presentation/ AETCOM)
Viva-voce (may include
10 10
AETCOM)
Formative assessment 05 05
Others
Logbook/ Record book 05 05
Total 40 50 90
FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS = 15 (final total divided by 6)
At least one EOP is to be conducted with OSCE as a part of it.
AETCOM may be included as an OSCE station or as a part of viva-voce during
EOP, if it needs to be assessed in practical (Refer competency booklet &
AETCOM module)

Blue printing of internal assessments in Psychiatry

Number of questions
BLUEPRINT
IA-1* IA-2
MCQ
10 10
(1 mark each)
Structured Long Essay
01 00
(10 marks each)
Short Essay
04 02
(5 marks each)
Short Answer
05 05
(2 marks each)
Total
50 30
(in marks)
* AETCOM should have a weightage of 5 marks

215
B. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:
Psychiatry is learnt and assessed during professional years [PY] 3rd year Part 1.
SA will be held at the end of 3rd professional year part 2.

Pass criteria:
 University Theory Exam – Student should secure at least 50% marks in theory to
pass.
 University Practical Exam – Student shall secure at least 50% marks (including Viva-
voce) to pass
 Student shall secure at least 50% of the total marks (combined in theory and
practical) assigned for internal assessment in order to be declared successful at the
final university of that subject.
 Internal assessment will appear as a separate head of passing at summative exams
 A candidate, who has not secured requisite aggregate in the internal assessment, has
to successfully complete the remediation measures prescribed by the University.
Candidates who fail to meet prescribed 50% marks in internal assessment after
availing remedial measures will not be eligible for the university exams.

5. RECOMMENDED TEXTBOOKS, REFERENCE BOOKS AND ATLAS

Textbooks
Note: A single textbook may not cover the entire curriculum. Referring to more than one
book is recommended.

Recent editions of:


Kaplan & Sadock’s - Synopsis of Psychiatry: 11th edition
A Short textbook of Psychiatry – 7th edition, Dr Niraj Ahuja
ICD-10 (Diagnostic criteria’s)
Fish’s clinical Psychopathology: 4th edition

Reference books
Oxford textbook of Psychiatry: 2nd edition
Kaplan & Sadock’s Comprehensive Text of Psychiatry: 10th edition

216
Journals
Indian Journal of Psychiatry
Indian Journal of Psychological Medicine
Cochrane review
American Journal of Psychiatry
British Journal of Psychiatry
Psychiatric Clinics of North America (PCNA)

MASTERCHART:

Phase 2 Phase 3-1 Phase 3-2


First IA Second IA First IA Second IA First IA Second IA
Community Medicine 40+10 40+10 60+20 100+20* -- --
Forensic Medicine 40+10 40+10 60+20 100+20 -- --
Ophthalmology -- -- 60+20 100+20 -- --
ENT -- -- 60+20 100+20 -- --
100+20
OBG 40+10 40+10 40+10 40+10 60+20
*
100+20
Gen Medicine 40+10 40+10 40+10 40+20 100+20
*
100+20
Gen Surgery 40+10 40+10 40+10 40+20 100+20
*
Pediatrics -- -- 40+10 40+10 60+20 100+20
Orthopedics -- -- -- 25+05 30+10 60+10
Psychiatry -- -- 50+10 30+10 -- --
Skin -- -- 30+10 40+10 -- --
Pulmonology -- -- -- 70+20 -- --
Radio diagnosis -- -- -- 30+10 -- --
Anaesthesia -- -- -- 30+10 -- --
Dentistry -- -- -- 30+10 -- --
PM&R -- -- -- 20+10 -- --
* Has two papers of 100 marks each
The IA marked with yellow are preliminary exams
The IA marked in blue are allied subjects, they don’t have preliminary exams

217
OPHTHALMOLOGY

1. GOAL
The broad goal of undergraduate teaching in ophthalmology is to impart appropriate
knowledge, skills, attitudes, values and responsiveness, so that she or he may function
appropriately and effectively as a primary care physician of first contact for ocular
disorders and also function as a community health leader to assist in the
implementation of NPCB and to familiarize the recent advances in ophthalmology.

2. OBJECTIVES

2.1 KNOWLEDGE
At the end of the course, the student should have knowledge of:
1. Common problems affecting the eye
2. Magnitude of blindness in India and its main causes
3. Principles of management of major ophthalmic emergencies
4. Major systemic diseases affecting the eye
5. Effect of local and systemic diseases on the patient’s vision and the
necessary action required to minimise the sequelae of such diseases
6. Adverse drug reactions with special reference to ophthalmic
manifestations
7. National programme for prevention of blindness and its implementation at
various level
8. Eye care education for prevention of eye problems
9. Role of Primary Health Centres
10. Organisation of primary health care and the functioning of the Ophthalmic
assistant
11. Integration of the National programme for control of blindness with the
other National health programmes
12. Eye bank organisation

2.2 SKILLS
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Elicit a history pertinent to general health and ocular status
2. Perform procedures such as visual acuity testing, extraocular
movements testing, digital tonometry, instillation of eye drops, eye
wash and ocular bandaging.
218
3. Observe basic procedures like Indirect ophthalmoscopy, epilation,
conjunctival/corneal foreign body removal, corneal staining,
perimetry, etc
4. Diagnose and treat common problems affecting the eye
5. Interpret ophthalmic signs in relation to common systemic disorders
6. Provide first aid in major ophthalmic emergencies
7. To be part of community surveys for visual health
8. To be part of primary eye care services through Primary Health
Centres

2.3 ATTITUDE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS


At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
1. Use effective means of communication with the public and individuals to
motivate them for surgery for cataract, glaucoma ,etc and for eye
donation
2. Establish rapport with his seniors, colleagues and paramedical workers,
so as to effectively function as a member of the eye care team

2.4 INTEGRATION
From the integrated teaching of other basic sciences, student should be able to
apply this knowledge to diagnose and manage common eye problems and to
function effectively as a primary care physician of first contact for ocular
disorders.

3. TEACHING HOURS AND COURSE CONTENT

A. Teaching Hours

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Theory
No Hours
1 Large group teaching 30
2 Small group teaching (SGT) : SGD/Tutorials/Seminars 60
3 Self-directed Learning( SDL) 10
TOTAL 100

219
Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Practicals
No weeks
1 Bedside clinics 4
TOTAL 4

Sl. No Teaching Learning Method No. of Hours


1 AETCOM 5
2 Skill Lab -
TOTAL 5

B. Course Contents
i. THEORY (Large and small group teaching)

Sl Topic: Visual acuity assessment (With competency Lecture Hours


No number) Core/Non-core competency (Large 30
group )
1 Core :Describe the physiology of vision OP 1.1
Describe & demonstrate parts and layers of eyeball AN41.1
2 Describe and discuss auditory & visual evoke potentials
PY10.19
3 Core: Define, classify and describe the types and methods
of correcting
refractive errors OP1.2 5
4 Core: Demonstrate the steps in performing the visual
acuity assessment for distance vision, near vision, colour
vision, the pin hole test and the menace and blink reflexes.
OP1.3
5 Core: Enumerate the indications and describe the
principles of refractive surgery OP 1.4
Lids and Adnexa, Orbit
1 Core: Enumerate the causes, describe and discuss the
aetiology, clinical presentations and diagnostic features of
common conditions of the lid and adnexa including
Hordeolum externum/ internum, blepharitis, preseptal
cellulitis, dacryocystitis, hemangioma, dermoid, ptosis,
entropion, lid lag, lagopthalmos OP2.1

220
2 Core: Demonstrate under supervision clinical procedures
performed in thelid including: bells phenomenon,
assessment of entropion/ectropion, performs the 4
regurgitation test of lacrimal sac. Massage technique in
cong. dacryocystitis, and trichiatic cilia removal by
epilation OP2.3
3 Core: Describe the aetiology, clinical presentation. Discuss
the complications and management of orbital cellulitis
OP2.4
4 Core: Classify the various types of orbital tumours.
Differentiate the symptoms and signs of the presentation
of various types of ocular tumours OP2.7
None-core: Describe the etiology, genetics, pathogenesis,
pathology,
presentation, sequelae and complications of
retinoblastoma PA36.1
Conjunctiva
1 Core: Describe the aetiology, pathophysiology, ocular
features, differential diagnosis, and complications. and
management of various causes of conjunctivitis OP3.3
2 Core: Describe the aetiology, pathophysiology, ocular 3
features, differential diagnosis, complications and
management of vernal catarrh OP3.5
3 Core: Describe the aetiology, pathophysiology, ocular
features, differential
diagnosis, complications and management of Pterygium
OP3.6
Cornea
1 Core: Enumerate, describe and discuss the types and
causes of corneal 02
Ulceration OP4.1
2 Core: Enumerate the indications and the types of
keratoplasty OP4.6

221
Sclera
1 Core: Define, enumerate and describe the aetiology,
associated systemic conditions, clinical features
complications indications for referral and management of 01
episcleritis OP5.1
Iris and Anterior chamber
1 Core: Describe clinical signs of intraocular inflammation
and enumerate The features that distinguish
granulomatous from non-granulomatous inflammation.
Identify acute iridocyclitis from chronic condition OP6.1
2 Core: Enumerate systemic conditions that can present as
iridocyclitis and describe their ocular manifestations
OP6.3
3 Core: Describe and discuss the angle of the anterior
chamber and its clinical correlates OP6.5
None-core: Describe the anatomical aspects of cataract,
glaucoma & central retinal artery occlusion AN41.2
4 Core: Enumerate and discuss the aetiology, the clinical
distinguishing features of various glaucomas associated 5
with shallow and deep Anterior chamber. Choose
appropriate investigations and treatment
For patients with above conditions. OP6.7
5 Core: Enumerate and choose the appropriate investigation
for patients with conditions affecting the Uvea OP6.8
Lens
1 Core: Describe the surgical anatomy and the metabolism
of the lens OP7.1
2 Core: Describe and discuss the aetio-pathogenesis, stages 03
of maturation and complications of cataract OP7.2
3 Core: Enumerate the types of cataract surgery and
describe the steps, intra-operative and post-operative
complications of extracapsular
Cataract extraction surgery. OP7.4
Retina & optic Nerve
1 Core: Discuss the aetiology, pathology, clinical features
and management of vascular occlusions of the retina
OP8.1
222
2 Core: Enumerate and discuss treatment modalities in 03
management of diseases of the retina OP8.4
3 Core: Describe and discuss the correlative anatomy,
aetiology, clinical manifestations, diagnostic tests,
imaging and management of diseases of the optic nerve
and visual pathway OP8.5
Miscellaneous
1 Core: Classify, enumerate the types, methods of diagnosis
and indications for referral in a patient with heterotropia/
strabismus OP9.2
2 Core: Enumerate, describe and discuss the causes of
avoidable blindness and the National Programs for Control
of Blindness (including vision
2020) OP9.4
3 Core: Describe the evaluation and enumerate the steps 4
involved in the stabilisation, initial management and
indication for referral in a patient with ocular injury OP9.5
4 Describe drugs used in Ocular disorders PH1.58

Sl Topic: Visual acuity assessment (With competency Small group Hours


No number) Core/Non-core competency Seminars 36 hrs
1 None-core: Describe the position, nerve supply and
actions of intraocular muscles AN41.3
2 Core: Describe and discuss functional anatomy of eye,
physiology of image formation, physiology of vision
including colour vision, Refractive errors, colour
blindness, Physiology of pupil and light reflex PY10.17
Describe and discuss the physiological basis of lesion in
visual pathway PY10.18
3 Core: Define, classify and describe the types and
methods of correcting refractive errors OP1.2
4 Core: Demonstrate the steps in performing the visual
acuity assessment for distance vision, near vision, 6
colour vision, the pin hole test and the menace and
blink reflexes.
OP1.3

223
5 Core : Define, enumerate the types and the mechanism
by which strabismus leads to amblyopia OP 1.5
Lids and Adnexa, Orbit
1 Core: Enumerate the causes, describe and discuss the
aetiology, clinical presentations and diagnostic features
of common conditions of the lid and adnexa including
Hordeolum externum/ internum, blepharitis, preseptal
cellulitis, dacryocystitis, hemangioma, dermoid, ptosis,
entropion, lid lag, lagopthalmos OP2.1
2 Core: Enumerate the causes and describe the
differentiating features, and clinical features and
management of proptosis OP2.6 4
3 Core: List the investigations helpful in diagnosis of
orbital tumors.
Enumerate the indications for appropriate referral
OP2.8
Conjunctiva
1 Core: Describe the aetiology, pathophysiology, ocular
features, differential diagnosis, and complications. and
management of various causes of conjunctivitis OP3.3
2 Core: Describe the aetiology, pathophysiology, ocular 3
features, differential diagnosis, complications and
management of vernal catarrh OP3.5
Corneas
1 Core: Enumerate the causes of corneal edema OP4.3
2 Core: Enumerate the causes of corneal blindness OP4.5
3 Core : Enumerate the indications and describe the
methods of tarsorraphy OP4.7
4 Core: Describe and discuss the importance and
protocols involved in eye 03
donation and eye banking OP4.9

224
Sclera
1 Core :Define, enumerate and describe the aetiology,
associated systemic
conditions, clinical features, complications, indications for 01
referral
and management of scleritis OP5.2
Iris and Anterior chamber
1 Core: Identify and distinguish acute iridocyclitis from
chronic iridocyclitis OP6.2
2 Core: Enumerate systemic conditions that can present as
iridocyclitis and describe their ocular manifestations OP6.3
3 Core: Describe and distinguish hyphema and hypopyon
OP6.4
4 Core: Enumerate and discuss the aetiology, the clinical
distinguishing features of various glaucomas associated
with shallow and deep Anterior chamber. Choose
appropriate investigations and treatment For patients with
above conditions. OP6.7
5 Core: Choose the correct local and systemic therapy for
conditions of the anterior chamber and enumerate their 7
indications, adverse events
and interactions OP6.9
Lens
1 Core: Describe and discuss the aetio-pathogenesis, stages
of maturation and complications of cataract OP7.2
2 Core: Enumerate the types of cataract surgery and describe 04
the steps, intra-operative and post-operative complications
of extracapsular Cataract extraction surgery. OP7.4
Retina & optic Nerve
1 Core: Discuss the aetiology, pathology, clinical features and
management of vascular occlusions of the retina OP8.1

2 Core: Enumerate and discuss treatment modalities in 04


management of diseases of the retina OP8.4

225
3 Core: Describe and discuss the correlative anatomy,
aetiology, clinical manifestations, diagnostic tests, imaging
and management of diseases of the optic nerve and visual
pathway OP8.5
Non-Core: Explain effect of pituitary tumours on visual
pathway AN30.5
Miscellaneous
1 Core: Classify, enumerate the types, methods of diagnosis
and indications for referral in a patient with heterotropia/
strabismus OP9.2
Explain the anatomical basis of oculomotor, trochlear and
abducent nerve palsies along with strabismus AN31.5
Non-Core: Describe anatomical basis of Horner's syndrome
AN31.3
2 Core: Enumerate, describe and discuss the causes of 4
avoidable blindness and the National Programs for Control
of Blindness (including vision 2020)
OP9.4
3 Core: Describe the evaluation and enumerate the steps
involved in the stabilisation, initial management and
indication for referral in a patient with ocular injury OP9.5
4 Core: Describe and discuss the aetiopathogenesis, clinical
presentation, identification, functional changes, acute care,
stabilization, management and rehabilitation of vision and
visual loss in the elderly IM24.15

226
Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Small group No. of
No. core/ non-core competency teaching- Case Hours
based learning 16 hrs
sessions
1 Core: Cavernous sinus thrombosis:Describe 2
the clinical features on ocular examination and
management of a patient with cavernous sinus
thrombosis OP2.5
2 Core: Trachoma: Describe the aetiology, 2
pathophysiology, ocular features, differential
Diagnosis, complications and management of
trachoma OP3.4
3 Core: Pterygium: Describe the aetiology, 2
pathophysiology, ocular features, differential
diagnosis, complications and management of
Pterygium OP3.6
4 Core: Symblepharon: Describe the aetiology, 2
pathophysiology, ocular features, differential
diagnosis, complications and management of
symblepharon OP3.7
5 Core: Corneal Ulcer: Enumerate and discuss 2
the differential diagnosis of infective keratitis
OP4.2
6 Core: Dry Eye: Enumerate the causes and 2
discuss the management of dry eye OP4.4
7 Core: Laser therapy for Retinal diseases: 2
Enumerate the indications for laser therapy in
the treatment of retinal
diseases (including retinal detachment, retinal
degenerations, diabetic retinopathy &
hypertensive retinopathy) OP8.2
8 Core: Headache: Describe the role of refractive 2
error correction in a patient with headache and
enumerate the indications for referral OP9.3
`

227
Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Self-Directed Learning No. of
No. Number) core/ non-core competency Hours
1 Red Eye – causes, Differences between 1
Conjunctival & ciliary congestion
2 Core: Corneal Ulcer – Bacterial, Viral, 1
Fungal Clinical features, Investigations &
Management OP 4.2
3 Epiphora – Etiology & Evaluation 1
4 Core: Diabetic Retinopathy classification 1
and treatment modalities OP 8.2
5 Core: Preventable Blindness OP 9.4 1
6 Ocular Emergencies 1
7 Core: Cycloplegics & Mydriatics PH 1.58 1
8 Core: Lenses – Identification & Uses of 1
Convex & Concave lenses
9 Vernal keratoconjunctivitis – clinical 1
features & management
10 Core: Tests for Dry Eye OP 4.4 1

ii. PRACTICALS
a) Bedside Clinics:

SL. TOPIC OF PRACTICAL : Suggested Teaching


NO. teaching learning hours
method
1 Core: Demonstrate the steps in performing DOAP 3
the visual acuity assessment for distance
vision, near vision, colour vision, the pin
hole test and the menace and blink
reflexes. OP1.3,PY10.20
2 Core: Demonstrate technique of removal of DOAP 3
foreign body in the cornea in a simulated
environment OP4.8
3 Core: Counsel patients and family about DOAP 3
eye donation in a simulated environment
OP4.10
228
4 Core: Identify and demonstrate the clinical DOAP 3
features and distinguish and diagnose
common clinical conditions affecting the
anterior chamber OP6.6
5 Core: Counsel patients with conditions of DOAP 3
the iris and anterior chamber about their
diagnosis, therapy and prognosis in an
empathetic manner in a simulated
environment OP6.10
6 Core: Demonstrate the correct technique of DOAP 3
ocular examination in a patient with a
cataract OP7.3
7 Core: Enumerate the types of cataract DOAP 3
surgery and describe the steps, intra-
operative and post-operative
complications of extracapsular cataract
extraction surgery OP7.4
8 Core: To participate in the team for DOAP 3
cataract surgery OP7.5
9 Core: Administer informed consent and DOAP 3
counsel patients for cataract surgery in a
simulated environment OP7.6
10 Core: Demonstrate the correct technique to DOAP 3
examine extra ocular movements
(Uniocular & Binocular) OP9.1

b) Skill Lab:
`
c) Certifiable Skills:

Comp no. Competency No. Duration Number of


Description [ P] required hours batches[number of
to certify students per batch]
PY10.20 Demonstrate 1 3 10
testing of visual
acuity, color and
229
field of vision in
volunteer/
simulated
environment
OP9.1 Demonstrate the 5 3 10
correct technique
to examine extra
ocular movements
(Uniocular &
Binocular)
Total 2

S.No Skill T-L Assessment & Number of


Method Grading ( I/ O/ D) batches[number of
students per batch]
Instillation of eye DOAP 10
1
medication(I)
Indirect DOAP 10
2
Ophthalmoscopy(O)
3 Epilation(O) DOAP 10
4 Eye Irrigation(I) DOAP 10
5 Ocular bandaging(I) DOAP 10
6 Digital Tonometry(D) DOAP 10

I - Independently performed on patients


O- Observed in patients or on simulations
D- Demonstration on patients or simulations and performance under supervision in
patients

230
3. AETCOM AND SKILL LAB

Sl. No. Module AETCOM/Skill Lab Lectures Small No.


Number group of
Hour
s
1 3.3 AETCOM- 1 4 5
Foundations of
communication-4

NOTE: The above table containing teaching hours assigned to different topics under large
and small group teaching may be used as a guide by the Institute.

SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF THEORY TEACHING HOURS

Sl Topics Large Small Group Teaching SDL Hours


No Group

Seminars Case based


(36 discussion
hours) (16 hours)
1 Visual Acuity 5 5
Assessment
2 Lids and Adnexa, 4 6 2
Orbit
3 Conjunctiva 3 2 6
4 Cornea 2 4 4
5 Sclera 1 1
6 Iris And Anterior 5 6
Chamber
7 Lens 3 3
8 Retina And Optic 3 3 2
Nerve
9 Miscellaneous 4 6 2

231
AETCOM 5
Integrated learning 3

TOTAL 30 60 10 100

4. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

Eligibility criteria:
 Learners must secure at least 50% marks of total marks (combined in theory and
practical; not less than 40% marks in theory and practical separately) assigned for
internal assessment in order to be eligible for appearing at the University
examination.
 Student should get a minimum of 75% attendance in Theory and 80 % in Practical
classes to be eligible to appear for university examination.
 Learners must have completed the required certifiable competencies and
completed the log book.

FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT

THEORY INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:


 A minimum of 2 Internal Assessments (IAs) to be conducted
 One of the internal exams will be conducted like preliminary exams
 Learners who have not completed the required number of internal assessment
exams for genuine reasons will be given a chance of remediation
 Formative assessment marks shall be calculated based on scoring in written tests
and AETCOM modules. In Formative assessment under clinical skills, in Phase 2 for
total of 40 marks, 10 marks is for OSCE and 20 marks for case presentation, 10
marks for formative assessment. In phase3 part 1 posting, for total of 60 Marks,
OSCE will be for 10 Marks and case presentation for 30 marks, viva for 10 marks,
formative assessment 10 marks. In the next (prelims practical) internal assessment,
case presentation will be for 80 marks and viva will be for 20 Marks .
 Formative assessment: based on day to day assessment of SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/
Tutorials/ Seminars/ Assignments [records of activities used for assessment to be
maintained by the department]
 Written exams will include MCQ’s[MCQs not exceeding 20%]/Structured Long Essay
Questions/Short essay questions/Short Answer questions
232
 30%of marks will be for higher order thinking
 Content under Noncore category cannot be assessed in Summative assessments.
However, the same can be assessed in Formative assessments.

The distribution of internal assessment marks shall be as mentioned below:

DEPARTMENT OF OPHTHALMOLOGY
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 3-1
IA-3 Final
THEORY
IA-1 IA-2 Preliminary Total
Exam
Theory 50 75 75
Written
MCQ 10 20 20
AETCOM* -- 05 05
Formative assessment:
SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/
05 05 10
FA Tutorials/ Seminars/
Assignments
Logbook 05 05 10
Total 70 110 120 300
FINAL THEORY IA MARKS = 100 (divide final total by 3)
* To be included as a question in theory paper
Ophthalmology has no theory classes in Phase 2

233
Blue-printing of Internal assessments in Ophthalmology

Number of questions
BLUEPRINT Preliminary
IA-1 IA -2
Exam*
MCQ
10 20 20
(1 mark each)
Structured Long Essay
01 02 02
(10 marks each)
Short Essay
04 08 08
(5 marks each)
Short Answer
10 10 10
(2 marks each)
Total
60 100 100
(in marks)
* AETCOM should have a weightage of 5 marks

PRACTICAL INTERNAL ASSESSMENT


 Clinical end posting exams [EOP] will be conducted
 Viva/oral examination should assess approach to clinical context and included in
practical IA marks.

Practicals:

DEPARTMENT OF OPHTHALMOLOGY
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 2 Phase 3-1 Final
PRACTICAL
4wk posting 4wk posting Total
Clinical skills assessment
(OSCE/ Mini-CEX/ Case 30 40
EOP
presentation/ AETCOM)
Viva-voce (may include AETCOM) -- 10
Formative assessment (including
05 05
Others Clinical-Clerkship)
Logbook/ Record book 05 05
Total 40 60 100
234
FINAL EOP# IA MARKS = 100 (sum of both EOP’s)
At least one EOP is to be conducted with OSCE as a part of it.
AETCOM may be included as an OSCE station or as a part of viva-voce during EOP, if it
needs to be assessed in practical (Refer competency booklet & AETCOM module)
Preliminary Examinations will include Bedside Clinical Examination which will mirror
the Summative University Examinations (Practical)

FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS WILL BE AVERAGE OF EOP# AND PRELIMINARY EXAM


(EQUAL WEIGHTAGE TO BOTH)

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:
Ophthalmology is learnt and assessed during professional years [PY] 2 and 3 part 1. SA
will be held at the end of 3rd professional year part 1.

Pass criteria:
 University Theory Exam – Student should secure at least 50% marks in theory to
pass.
 University Practical Exam – Student shall secure at least 50% marks (including Viva-
voce) to pass
 Student shall secure at least 50% of the total marks (combined in theory and
practical) assigned for internal assessment in order to be declared successful at the
final university of that subject.
 Internal assessment will appear as a separate head of passing at summative exams
 A candidate, who has not secured requisite aggregate in the internal assessment has
to successfully complete the remediation measures prescribed by the University as
the case may be prior to the declaration of his/her results in that particular phase.
Candidates who fail to meet prescribed 50% marks in internal assessment after
availing remedial measures will not be eligible for the university exams.

235
MARKS DISTRBUTION FOR UNIVERSITY SUMMATIVE EXAMIATION

THEORY THEORY PRACTICAL total


TOTAL
Written paper MCQ’s Practical Viva
Paper 1 80 20 100 80 20 100

Total marks 100 Total marks 100

Time: 3 hours for theory paper

The pattern of questions in theory paper shall be as mentioned below:

Number of Maximum Marks for


Type of Question Total
Questions each question

Structured Long essay questions


2 10 20
(SLEQ)

Short essay questions (SEQ)


05
(includes case vignette based 8 40
questions)

Short answer questions (SAQ) 10 02 20

Multiple Choice Questions


20 01 20
(MCQs)

Total marks 100

The question papers shall be based on the blue print of question paper setting.

236
Blueprint for the theory examinations (For use by the question paper setter)

Sl Topic Total max MCQs LEQ SEQ SAQ Total


No as per 1 mark 10 5 marks 2 marks
SDMU each marks each marks from each
guideline each each topic
20 2 8 10
1 Refractive 20
errors &
Presbyopia,
Conjunctiva,
Lids & adnexa
2 Cornea & 20
sclera, Optic
Nerve,
Neuro-ophthal
3 Uvea , Lens 20
4 Glaucoma, 20
Retina
5 Orbit, Ocular 10
injuries,
Community
Ophthalmology
6 Basic sciences 05
and
Miscellaneous
AETCOM 05 Case
vignette
based

TOTAL 100

237
*Total marks include MCQs.
The weightage of marks allotted for each topic shall be strictly adhered to while setting
a question paper. A minimum OF 10% and up to a maximum of 30% marks shall be
allocated to assess the higher order thinking of the learner.
The questions framed shall be with appropriate verbs without any ambiguity or overlap.

However a strict division of the subject may not be possible and some overlapping of
topics is inevitable. Students should be prepared to answer overlapping topics.

PRACTICAL SUMMATIVE EXAMINTION: TOTAL 100 MARKS


Practical Exercises: 80 MARKS
1 Case 1 - 40 marks
2 Case 2 - 40 marks

Practical Viva Voce: 20 MARKS


The Viva-Voce examination will be conducted by four examiners.
The distribution of marks will be as follows:
1. Theory Viva – 5 Marks
2. Drugs – 5 Marks
3. Trial lenses- 5 Marks
4. Ophthalmic instruments- 5 Marks

5. INTEGRATION:
• May be conducted in the form of sharing/nesting/correlation using CBL/PBL/ Case
study approach and involving various departments concerned while preparing the
specific learning objectives of the integration topics.
• Department involved may be chosen according to the topic and may be conducted as
Horizontal/ Vertical form of integration as per the CBME document.

238
Competency list for integration
SL Compete Competency to be integrated nesting/ Integration with
ncy No. sharing/ departments
aligning
/correlation
Horiz Vertical
ontal
1 AN30.5 Explain effect of pituitary tumours Nesting Anatomy
on visual pathway
2 AN31.3 Describe anatomical basis of Nesting Anatomy
Horner's syndrome
3 AN31.5 Explain the anatomical basis of Nesting Anatomy
oculomotor, trochlear and
abducent nerve palsies along with
strabismus
4 AN41.1 Describe & demonstrate parts and Nesting Anatomy
layers of eyeball
5 AN41.2 Describe the anatomical aspects Nesting Anatomy
of cataract, glaucoma & central
retinal artery occlusion
6 AN41.3 Describe the position, nerve Nesting Anatomy
supply and actions of intraocular
muscles
7 PY10.17 Describe and discuss functional Nesting Physiology
anatomy of eye, physiology of
image formation, physiology of
vision including colour vision,
Refractive errors, colour
blindness, Physiology of pupil and
light reflex
8 PY10.18 Describe and discuss the Nesting Physiology
physiological basis of lesion in
visual pathway
9 PY10.19 Describe and discuss auditory & Nesting Physiology
visual evoke potentials

239
10 PY10.20 Demonstrate testing of visual Nesting Physiology
acuity, colour and field of vision in
volunteer/ simulated environment
11 PA36.1 Describe the etiology, genetics, Nesting Pathology
pathogenesis, pathology,
presentation, sequelae and
complications of retinoblastoma
12 PH1.58 Describe drugs used in Ocular Nesting Pharmacolo
disorders gy
13 IM24.15 Describe and discuss the Nesting General
aetiopathogenesis, clinical Medicine
presentation, identification,
functional changes, acute care,
stabilization, management and
rehabilitation of vision and visual
loss in the elderly
14 Ocular complications of sinusoidal Sharing ENT
disorders
15 Approach to a case of Sharing ENT
Mucormycosis
16 Dacryocystorhinostomy – Sharing ENT
External and Endonasal approach
6. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS, REFERENCE BOOKS AND JOURNALS
Text Books
Note: A single textbook may not cover the entire curriculum. Referring to more than one
book is recommended.
Recent editions of:
1. Parsons JH. Parsons’ Diseases of the Eye. 23rd ed. Sihota R, Tandon R, editors.
New Delhi: Elsevier India; 2019.
2. Khurana AK. Comprehensive Ophthalmology. 7th ed. New Delhi: Jaypee
Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd; 2019.
Reference books :
1. Kanski JJ. Kanski’s clinical ophthalmology: a systematic approach. 9th ed. Salmon
JF, editor. Philadelphia: Elsevier; 2020.

***END***
240
OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY

1. GOAL
i. Thorough understanding of Surgical Anatomy of Ear, Nose, Throat and Head &
neck region.
ii. To Orient students for common ENT Diseases and their management.
iii. To Orient student for common ENT Surgeries and emergency conditions.
iv. Identity malignant neoplasms of in Ear, Nose, Throat, Head& neck region.
v. Ability to recognize hearing impairment and rehabilitation of the same.
vi. Understanding the importance of both the non-drug and drug treatment,
selection of drugs based on suitability, tolerability, efficacy and cost.
vii. Foresee, prevent and manage adverse drug events and drug interactions.
viii. Use antimicrobials judiciously for therapy and prophylaxis in ENT diseases.

2. OBJECTIVES

2.1 KNOWLEDGE: Anatomy of Ear Nose Throat and Head& Neck region
2.2 SKILLS: Clinical Examination and common procedures of ENT
2.3 ATTITUDE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS: At the end of the course the student
should be able to communicate with the patient in a respectful non- judgmental
and empathetic manner. Identify discuss and define socio economical ethical and
medico legal issue pertaining to consent for surgical procedure and confidentiality.
Identify discuss physician’s role and responsibility to society and community that
he or she serves.
2.4 INTEGRATION: Integrated teachings of basic sciences in relate to Ear Nose and
Throat and students should be able to comprehend, the functions and regulation
and integration of functions of organs in related to Ear, Nose and Throat. Students
should be able to interpret the anatomical Physiological and pathological basis of
disease process.

241
3. TEACHING HOURS AND COURSE CONTENT
A. Teaching Hours
Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Theory
No Hours
1 Large group teaching 25
2 Small group teaching (SGT) : SGD/Tutorials/Seminars 40
3 Self-directed Learning( SDL) 05
TOTAL 70

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Practicals
No weeks
1 Bedside clinics 4
TOTAL

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method
No Hours
1 AETCOM 5
2 Skill Lab 5
TOTAL 10
hours

242
I. Course Contents
11. THEORY (Large and small group teaching)

Sl. Com Competency Type of T/L LEVEL OF SLOs No. of


no pete Description Session COMPET Hours
ncy (Lecture/ ENCY
No. SGD/SDL) with core
1. 1.1 ANATOMY OF LECTURE Student should 1 hours
NASAL SEPTUM CLASS know Anatomy
AND ITS BLOOD and Physiology
SUPPLY of nose
SURGICAL Student should
ANATOMY OF know about
LATERAL WALL OF structure and
NOSE functions of
nose
MUCOCILIARY Y Student should
CLEARANCE OF be able to
NOSE AND identity
FUNCTIONS OF existence of
NOSE abnormality ,by
(PHYSIOLOGY) knowing the
normal
anatomy and
physiology
2. 4.2 SURGICAL LECTURE K/S Students know 1 hours
ANATOMY OF CLASS about the
EXTERNAL EAR & normal
DISEASES OF structure of
EXTERNAL EAR pinna
SH Otitis externa,
causes, clinical
features and
management
Y Causes of
decreased
hearing due to
243
pathology in
external ear
and its
management
3. 4.3 ASOM / AOM LECTURE K/S Should know 1 hours
CLINICAL CLASS etiopathogenes
FEATURES AND is clinical
MANAGEMENT features and
management of
acute otitis
media and
ASOM
SH/ K
Etiopathogenes
is

Y Myringotomy
procedure.
indications and
complications
4. 4.7 SURGICAL LECTURE K/S Types of CSOM 1 hours
ANATOMY OF CLASS and
MIDDLE EAR differentiations
CAUSES AND SH Clinical
CLINICAL features and
MANIFESTATION OF management
CSOM and
complications
MANAGEMENT OF Y Ear surgeries,
CSOM indications-
Tympanoplasty
cortical
mastoidectomy

244
5. 4.18 SURGICAL LECTURE K Anatomy of 1 hours
ANATOMY OF CLASS facial nerve in
FACIAL NERVE temporal bone
CAUSES OF LMN KH Clinical
TYPE OF FACIAL features and
NERVE PALSY management of
bell’s palsy
MANAGEMENT OF Y Causes of facial
FACIAL WEAKNESS palsy
AND PROTECTION
OF EYE
6. 4.19 ANATOMY OF LECTURE K Anatomy & 1 hours
VESTIBULAR CLASS physiology of
APPARATUS vestibular
system
CAUSES OF KH Definition &
VERTIGO diagnosis of
vertigo cases
MANAGEMENT OF Y Clinical
VERTIGO features and
management of
BPPV
7. 4.23, CAUSES OF LECTURE K Types, causes 1 hours
4.24 DEVIATED NASAL CLASS ,clinical
SEPTUM, DNS features of DNS
CLINICAL KH Difference
MANIFESTATION OF between SMR
DNS AND
Septoplasty
SURGICAL K/Y Complications
MANAGEMNET OF of SMR &
DNS Septoplasty

245
8. 4.29 SURGICAL LECTURE K/S Causes & 1 hours
, ANATOMY OF PNS. CLASS management of
4.30 acute rhinitis
CLINICAL SH clinical features
MANIFESTATION OF and
SINUSITIS. management of
atrophic rhinitis
MANAGEMENT OF Y Etiopathogenes
SINUSITIS. is &
Management of
acute and
chronic
sinusitis with
complications
9. 4.3 ANATOMY OF LECTURE K/S Blood supply of 1 hours
LITTLE'S AREA, CLASS nose
WOODRUFF PEXUS
CAUSES AND SH Causes of
MANAGEMENT OF anterior and
EPISTAXIS posterior
epistaxis
Y Management of
epistaxis
10. 4.34 CLASSIFICATIONS LECTURE K Classifications 1 hours
OF TUMORS OF CLASS of tumors
NOSE AND PNS
CLINICAL KH Etiopathogenes
MANIFESTATIONS is clinical
INCLUDING features and
ORBITAL management of
INVOLVEMENT. ca Maxilla
MANAGEMENT OF Y Should know
MALIGNANT about
TUMORS OF adenocarcinom
MAXILLA a & adenoid
cystic
carcinoma of
246
nose and
paranasal
sinuses
11. 4.14 CAUSES LECTURE K Definition, 1 hours
CLASS Causes of
tinnitus
EVALUATION OF KH Causes &
HEARING LOSS management of
sudden SNHL
MANAGEMENT. Y Diagnosis and
clinical features
of NIHL
12. 4.10 MYRINGOPLASTY LECTURE K Indications 1 hours
AND CLASS ,procedure &
TYMPANOPLASTY complications
of
myringoplasty
KH Indications ,
types /
procedure of
Tympanoplasty
Y Difference b/w
Myringoplasty
&
Tympanoplasty
13. 4.11 INDICATIONS AND LECTURE KS Types of 1 hours
STEPS OF CLASS Mastoidectomy
MASTOIDECTOMY KH Indications of
cortical
mastoidectomy
Y Indications of
canal down
mastoidectomy

247
14. 4.28 ELICIT CORRECT LECTURE KS Etiopathogenes 1 hours
HISTORY, CLINICAL CLASS is , clinical
FEATURES AND features &
MANAGEMENT OF management of
VASO MOTOR AND vasomotor
ALLERGIC RHINITIS rhinitis
SH Etiopathogenes
is clinical
features &
management of
allergic rhinitis
Y Difference b/w
allergic rhinitis
and vasomotor
rhinitis
15. 4.24 INDICATIONS & LECTURE KS Indications 1 hours
STEPS OF CLASS ,contraindicatio
SEPTOPLASTY AND n, procedure
SMR and
complications
of SMR
K, SH Indications
,contraindicatio
n, procedure
and
complications
OF
SEPTOPLASTY
Y Difference b/w
Septoplasty
and SMR

248
16. 4.27 ELICIT CORRECT LECTURE KS Etiopathogenes 1 hours
HISTORY, CLINICAL CLASS is clinical
FEATURES AND features &
MANAGEMENT OF management of
NASAL POLYPOSIS Antrochoanal
polyposis
SH Etiopathogenes
is clinical
features &
management of
Ethmoidal
polyposis
Y Difference b/w
Ethmoidal &
Antrochoanal
polyps
17. 4.45 SURGICAL LECTURE KS Anatomy vocal 1 hours
ANATOMY OF CLASS cord& recurrent
NERVE SUPPLY TO laryngeal nerve
VOCAL CORDS.
CLASSIFICATION OF K Causes of vocal
VOCAL CORD cord paralysis
PALSY
MANAGEMENT OF Y Physiology of
VOCAL CORD voice
PALSY production
18. 4.37 DESCRIBE CLINICAL LECTURE K Definitions of 1 hours
FEATURES AND CLASS LUDWIGS
MANAGEMENT OF ANGINA
LUDWIGS ANGINA KH Causes and
clinical features
Y Management of
LUDWIGS
ANGINA

249
19. 4.4 INDICATIONS AND LECTURE K Indications, 1 hours
SURGICAL STEPS CLASS contraindicatio
OF TONSILECTOMY n&
/ ADENOIDECTOMY complications
of
Adenoidectomy
K Indications,
contraindicatio
n&
complications
of
Tonsillectomy
Y Different
methods used
for
tonsillectomy
and
adenoidectomy
20. 4.43 SURGICAL LECTURE Causes , 1 hours
ANATOMY OF CLASS clinical features
LARYNX and treatment
of acute
laryngitis/
croup ,
epiglottitis
CLINICAL causes , clinical
FEATURES AND features and
MANAGEMENT OF treatment of
LARYNGITIS chronic
laryngitis
Y Tuberculosis of
larynx

250
21. 4.44 DIAGNOSIS AND LECTURE K Vocal nodules - 1 hours
MANAGEMENT OF CLASS causes and
BENIGN LESIONS management
OF V.C KH Vocal polyp –
causes and
management
Y Congenital
lesions of vocal
cord

22. 4.47 DESCRIBE CAUSES LECTURE K Definitions of 1 hours


OF AND CLASS stridor and
MANAGEMENT OF types &
STRIDOR IN KH Causes of
CHILDREN Stridor
Y Management of
stridor –
Medical and
surgical
23. 4.50 INDICATIONS AND LECTURE SH Definition and 1 hours
, COMPLICATION OF CLASS types
4.51 TRACHEOSTOMYAN TRACHEOSTOM
D POST OPERATIVE Y
CARE KH Indications,
procedure and
complications
Y Post
Tracheostomy
Care
24. 3.2 DIAGNOSTIC NASAL LECTURE SH DNE- Passes of 1 hours
ENDOSCOPY CLASS endoscopy

KH Indications of
FESS

N Complications
of FESS
251
25. 2.13 IDENTIFY , LECTURE K/S/A Foreign body 1 hours
RESUSCITATE AND CLASS Aerodigestive
MANAGE ENT tract & its
EMERGENCY management
CONDITIONS SH Stridor & its
management
Y Acute invasive
fungal sinusitis

Sl. No. Topic/ System Core Compet Small group No. of


(Y/N) ency teaching Hours
Number 40
HOURS
1. Describe the clinical Y EN4.13 Small group 2 hours
features, investigations and
principles of teaching
management of Otosclerosis
2. Describe the clinical Y EN4.21 Small group 2 hours
features, investigations and
principles of teaching
management of Tinnitus
3. Enumerate the indications Y EN4.24 Small group 2 hours
observe and describe the
steps in a teaching
septoplasty
4. Elicit document and present a Y EN4.26 Small group 2 hours
correct history, demonstrate
and describe teaching
the clinical features, choose
the correct investigations and
describe the principles of
management of squamosal
type of Adenoids
5. Elicit document and present a Y EN4.28 Small group 2 hours
correct history, demonstrate
and describe teaching
the clinical features, choose
the correct investigations and
describe the principles of

252
management of squamosal
type of Vasomotor Rhinitis

6. Describe the clinical N EN4.31 Small group 2 hours


features, investigations and
principles of teaching
management of trauma to the
face & neck
7. Describe the clinical N EN4.36 Small group 2 hours
features, investigations and
principles of teaching
management of diseases of
the Salivary glands
8. Describe the clinical Y EN4.37 Small group 2 hours
features, investigations and
principles of teaching
management of Ludwig’s
angina
9. Describe the clinical Y EN4.41 Small group 2 hours
features, investigations and
principles of teaching
management of Acute &
chronic abscesses in relation
to Pharynx
10. Elicit, document and Y EN4.42 Small group 2 hours
present a correct history,
demonstrate and teaching
describe the clinical features,
choose the correct
investigations and describe
the principles of management
of hoarseness of voice
11. Describe the clinical Y EN4.44 Small group 2 hours
features, investigations and
principles of teaching
management of Benign lesions
of the vocal cord
12. Describe the clinical Y EN4.47 Small group 2 hours
features, investigations and
principles of teaching
management of Stridor

253
13. Elicit document and present a Y EN4.48 Small group 2 hours
correct history, demonstrate
and describe teaching
the clinical features, choose
the correct investigations and
describe the principles of
management of Airway
Emergencies
14. Elicit document and present a Y EN4.49 Small group 2 hours
correct history, demonstrate
and describe teaching
the clinical features, choose
the correct investigations and
describe the principles of
management of foreign bodies
in the air & food passages
15. Observe and describe the Y EN4.50 Small group 2 hours
indications for and steps
involved in teaching
tracheostomy
16. Describe the Clinical N EN4.52 Small group 2 hours
features, Investigations and teaching
principles of
management of diseases of
Oesophagus
17. Describe the clinical N EN4.53 Small group 2 hours
features, investigations and
principles of teaching
management of HIV
manifestations of the ENT
18. Describe the components and Y AN36.2 Small group 2 hours
functions of waldeyer’s teaching
lymphatic ring
19. Describe and discuss Y PY10.13 Small group 2 hours
perception of smell and taste teaching
sensation
20. Describe and discuss Y PY10.15 Small group 2 hours
functional anatomy of ear and
auditory pathways teaching
& physiology of hearing

254
Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Core Self No. of
No. Number) Directed Hours
Learning
1. Elicit document and present a correct SDL 1 hour
history, demonstrate and describe
the clinical features, choose the
correct investigations and describe
the principles of management of
Otalgia (EN 4.1)
2. Elicit document and present a correct SDL 1 hour
history, demonstrate and describe
the clinical features, choose the
correct investigations and describe
the principles of management of
diseases of the external Ear ( EN 4.2)
3. Elicit document and present a correct SDL 1 hour
history, demonstrate and describe
the clinical features, choose the
correct investigations and describe
the principles of management of
ASOM (EN 4.3)

4. Demonstrate the correct technique to SDL 1 hour


hold visualize and assess the
mobility of the tympanic membrane
and its mobility and interpret and
diagrammatically represent the
findings (EN 4.4)
5. Elicit document and present a correct SDL 1 hour
history, demonstrate and describe
the clinical features, choose the
correct investigations and describe
the principles of management of
OME (EN4.5)

255
12. PRACTICALS
d) Bedside Clinics:

Sl. No. Topic/ System : (With Bedside No. of Hours


Competency Number) core/ non- Clinics/DOAP
core competency
1. Demonstrate the correct use of a DOAP 2hours
headlamp in the examination of
the ear, nose and throat( EN 2.2)
2. Demonstrate the correct use of a DOAP 2hours
headlamp in the examination of
the ear, nose and throat( EN 2.2)
3. Demonstrate the correct DOAP 2hours
technique of performance and
interpret tuning
fork tests (EN 2.4)

4. Demonstrate the correct DOAP 2hours


technique for syringing wax from
the ear in a simulated
environment (EN4.9)
5. Observe and describe the DOAP 2hours
indications for and steps involved
myringotomy and myringoplasty (
EN 4.10)

6. Demonstrate the correct DOAP 2hours


technique of examination of the
nose & Paranasal sinuses
including the use of nasal
speculum( EN2.5
7. Enumerate the indications DOAP 2hours
observe and describe the steps
in a Septoplasty(EN4.24)

256
8. Observe and describe the DOAP 2hours
indications for and steps involved
in a tonsillectomy /
adenoidectomy (EN4.40)

9. Observe and describe the DOAP 2hours


indications for and steps involved
in Tracheostomy (EN4.50)
10. Observe and describe the care of DOAP 2hours
the patient with a tracheostomy
(EN4.51)

e) Skill Lab:

S.No Skill T-L Assessme Number of


Method nt & batches[num
Grading ber of
students per
batch]
1. Aural Syringing (Student 4 -6
should be able to perform the students
skill under supervision and in each
remove wax/ Foreign body batch
from external auditory canal.)
2. Using of Thudicum Nasal 4 -6
Speculum (Should use the students
instrument and demonstrate its in each
use in anterior rhinoscopy. ) batch
3. Examination of PNS (Should 4 -6
demonstrate different sites for students in
sinus tenderness) each batch
4. Usage of bull’s eye lamp in 4 -6
ENT examination (Should students
demonstrate the correct in each
257
method of using bull’s eye batch
lamp for ENT examination.)
5. Diagnostic Nasal 4 -6
Endoscopy (Should know its students in
uses and advantages.) each batch
6. Palpation of neck (Should be 4 -6
able to correctly demonstrate students in
palpation of neck and able to each batch
tell findings.)
7. Otoscopy (To visualize and 4 -6
identify different structures of students in
normal and diseased tympanic each batch
membrane)
8. Tuning Fork Tests (Student 4 -6
should know to differentiate students in
between different types of each batch
hearing loss, based on turning
fork test.)
9. Dix hallpike’s maneuver 4 -6
(Student should be able to students in
perform the test and interpret each batch
its results)
10. Anterior Nasal Packing 4 -6
(Student is expected to learn students in
this skill, they should each batch
demonstrate the method)

f) Certifiable Skills:

Comp Competency Description [ P] No. required Duration Number of


no. to certify hours batches[number of
students per batch]
1. Using of Thudicum Nasal 1 hour 4 -6 students in each
Speculum ( Should use the batch
instrument and demonstrate its
use in anterior rhinoscopy.)
258
2. Usage of bull’s eye lamp in ENT 1 hour 4 -6 students in each
examination ( Should batch
demonstrate the correct
method of using bull’s eye lamp
for ENT examination)
3. Diagnostic Nasal 1 hour 4 -6 students in each
Endoscopy ( Should know its batch
uses and advantages.)
4. Otoscopy ( To visualize and 1 hour 4 -6 students in each
identify different structures of batch
normal and diseased tympanic
membrane.)
5. Dix hallpike’s maneuver ( 1 hour 4 -6 students in each
Student should be able to batch
perform the test and interpret
its results)

13. AETCOM AND SKILL LAB

Sl. No. Module AETCOM/Skill Lectures Small No. of Hours


Number Lab group

AETCOM 5
Skill Lab 5
Total 10

SL.NO COMPET COMPETENCY DESCRIPTION SUGGESTED LEVEL ASSESSMENT SIGNATURE


ENCY TEACHING K/KH/ METHOD OF THE
NO LEARNING SH/P STAFF &
METHOD DATE
1. EN4.39 Elicit document and present a SGD SH Demonstration
correct history, demonstrate DOAP on Patient
and describe the clinical
features, choose the correct
investigations and describe
the principles of
259
management of Acute &
Chronic Tonsillitis

2. EN4.22 Elicit document and present a SGD SH Demonstration


correct history demonstrate DOAP on Patient
and describe the clinical
features, choose the correct
investigations and describe
the principles of management
of Nasal Obstruction
3. EN4.26 Elicit document and present a SGD SH Demonstration
correct history, demonstrate DOAP on Patient
and describe the clinical
features, choose the correct
investigations and describe
the principles of management
of Adenoids
4. EN4.33 Elicit document and present SGD SH Demonstration
a correct history demonstrate DOAP on Patient
and describe the clinical
features, choose the correct
investigations and describe
the principles of
management of Acute &
Chronic Sinusitis
5. EN4.7 Elicit document and present a SGD SH Demonstration
correct history demonstrate DOAP on Patient
and describe the clinical
features, choose the correct
investigations and describe
the principles of management
of CSOM.
6. EN4.8 Elicit document and present a SGD SH Demonstration
correct history, demonstrate DOAP on Patient
and describe the clinical
features, choose the correct
investigations and describe
260
the principles of management
of squamosal type of CSOM
EN4.9 Demonstrate the correct SGD SH On Mannequin
7. technique for syringing wax DOAP
from the ear in a
simulated environment
8. PY10.16 Describe and discuss SGD KH Demonstration
pathophysiology of deafness. DOAP on Patient
Describe hearing
tests (Tuning Fork Tests)

9 PE28.10 Perform otoscopic SGD SH Demonstration


examination of the ear DOAP on Patient
10 PE28.11 Perform throat examination SGD SH Demonstration
using tongue depressor DOAP on Patient
11 PE28.12 Perform examination of the SGD P Demonstration
nose DOAP on Patient

NOTE: The above table containing teaching hours assigned to different topics under large
and small group teaching may be used as a guide by the Institute.

6. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Eligibility criteria:
 Learners must secure at least 50% marks of total marks (combined in theory and
practical; not less than 40% marks in theory and practical separately) assigned for
internal assessment in order to be eligible for appearing at the University
examination.
 Student should get a minimum of 75% attendance in Theory and 80 % in Practical
classes to be eligible to appear for university examination.
 Learners must have completed the required certifiable competencies and
completed the log book.

261
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT
THEORY INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:
 A minimum of 2 Internal Assessments (IAs) to be conducted
 One of the internal exams will be conducted like preliminary exams
 Learners who have not completed the required number of internal assessment
exams for genuine reasons will be given a chance of remediation
 Formative assessment marks shall be calculated based on scoring in written tests
and AETCOM modules.
 Formative assessment: based on day to day assessment of SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/
Tutorials/ Seminars/ Assignments [records of activities used for assessment to be
maintained by the department]
 Written exams will include MCQ’s[MCQs not exceeding 20%]/Structured Long Essay
Questions/Short essay questions/Short Answer questions
 30%of marks will be for higher order thinking
 Content under Noncore category cannot be assessed in Summative assessments.
However, the same can be assessed in Formative assessments.
The distribution of internal assessment marks shall be as mentioned below:

DEPARTMENT OF ENT
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 3-1
IA-3 Final
THEORY
IA-1 IA-2 Preliminary Total
Exam
Theory 50 75 75
Written
MCQ 10 20 20
AETCOM* -- 05 05
Formative assessment:
SDL/Class tests/
05 05 10
FA MCQs/ Tutorials/
Seminars/ Assignments
Logbook 05 05 10
Total 70 110 120 300
FINAL THEORY IA MARKS = 100 (divide final total by 3)
* To be included as a question in theory paper
ENT has no theory classes in Phase 2

262
Blue-printing of Internal assessments in ENT
Number of questions
IA-2
BLUEPRINT
IA-1 IA -2 Preliminary
Exam*
MCQ
10 20 20
(1 mark each)
Structured Long Essay
01 02 02
(10 marks each)
Short Essay
04 08 08
(5 marks each)
Short Answer
10 10 10
(2 marks each)
Total
60 100 100
(in marks)
* AETCOM should have a weightage of 5 marks

PRACTICAL INTERNAL ASSESSMENT


 Clinical end posting exams [EOP] will be conducted
 Viva/oral examination should assess approach to clinical context and included in
practical IA marks.

Practicals:

DEPARTMENT OF ENT
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 2 Phase 3-1 Final
PRACTICAL
4wk posting 4wk posting Total
Clinical skills assessment
(OSCE/ Mini-CEX/ Case 30 40
EOP presentation/ AETCOM)
Viva-voce (may include
-- 10
AETCOM)
263
Formative assessment
(including Clinical- 05 05
Others
Clerkship)
Logbook/ Record book 05 05
Total 40 60 100
#
FINAL EOP IA MARKS = 100 (sum of both EOP’s)
At least one EOP is to be conducted with OSCE as a part of it.
AETCOM may be included as an OSCE station or as a part of viva-voce during EOP, if it
needs to be assessed in practical (Refer competency booklet & AETCOM module)
Preliminary Examinations will include Bedside Clinical Examination which will mirror
the Summative University Examinations (Practical)

FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS WILL BE AVERAGE OF EOP# AND PRELIMINARY EXAM


(EQUAL WEIGHTAGE TO BOTH)

B. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:
Otorhinolaryngology is learnt and assessed during professional years [PY] 2 and 3 part
1. SA will be held at the end of 3rd professional year part 1.

Pass criteria:
 University Theory Exam – Student should secure at least 50% marks in theory to
pass.
 University Practical Exam – Student shall secure at least 50% marks (including Viva-
voce) to pass
 Student shall secure at least 50% of the total marks (combined in theory and
practical) assigned for internal assessment in order to be declared successful at the
final university of that subject.
 Internal assessment will appear as a separate head of passing at summative exams
 A candidate, who has not secured requisite aggregate in the internal assessment has
to successfully complete the remediation measures prescribed by the University as
the case may be prior to the declaration of his/her results in that particular phase.
Candidates who fail to meet prescribed 50% marks in internal assessment after
availing remedial measures will not be eligible for the university exams.
264
MARKS DISTRBUTION FOR UNIVERSITY SUMMATIVE EXAMIATION
THEORY THEORY PRACTICAL total
TOTAL
Written paper MCQ’s Practical Viva
Paper 1 80 20 100 80 20 100

Total marks 100 Total marks 100

Time: 3 hours for theory paper

The pattern of questions in theory paper shall be as mentioned below:

Number of Maximum Marks for


Type of Question Total
Questions each question

Structured Long essay questions


2 10 20
(SLEQ)

Short essay questions (SEQ)


05
(includes case vignette based 8 40
questions)

Short answer questions (SAQ) 10 02 20

Multiple Choice Questions


20 01 20
(MCQs)

Total marks 100

The question papers shall be based on the blue print of question paper setting.

265
Blueprint for the theory examinations (For use by the question paper setter)

Weightage Weightage
of marks of marks MCQs SLEQs SEQs SAQs
as per as per 1 10 5 2 Total
PAPER TOPICS
SDMU SDMU mark marks marks marks Marks*
guidelines guidelines each each each each
Paper 1 Paper 2

MCQs 20 20
AETCOM SEQ SEQ
Case Case
vignette vignette
based based
05 05
TOTAL 100 100

*Total marks include MCQs.


The weightage of marks allotted for each topic shall be strictly adhered to while setting
a question paper. A minimum OF 10% and up to a maximum of 30% marks shall be
allocated to assess the higher order thinking of the learner.
The questions framed shall be with appropriate verbs without any ambiguity or overlap.

However a strict division of the subject may not be possible and some overlapping of
topics is inevitable. Students should be prepared to answer overlapping topics.

PRACTICAL SUMMATIVE EXAMINTION: TOTAL 100 MARKS


Practical Exercises: 80 MARKS
A. Case: 1 : 40 Marks
Case: 2 : 40 Marks
B. Practical Viva Voce : 20 MARKS
Total : 100 MARKS
266
7. INTEGRATION:
• May be conducted in the form of sharing/nesting/correlation using CBL/PBL/ Case
study approach and involving various departments concerned while preparing the
specific learning objectives of the integration topics.
• Department involved may be chosen according to the topic and may be conducted as
Horizontal/ Vertical form of integration as per the CBME document.

Competency list for integration


SL Comp Competency to nesting/ sharing/ Integrating department
No. be integrated aligning /correlation Horizontal Vertical

1
2
3

Sl.no Comp Competency Type of INTEGRA SLOs


etenc Description T/L TION
y No. Session WITH
(Lecture/ DEPARTM
SGD/SDL) ENT
1. 1.1 ANATOMY OF LECTURE Student should know
NASAL CLASS Anatomy and
SEPTUM AND Physiology of nose
ITS BLOOD
SUPPLY
SURGICAL Student should know
ANATOMY OF about structure and
PHYSIOL
LATERAL WALL functions of nose
OGY
OF NOSE
MUCOCILIARY Student should be able
CLEARANCE OF to identity existence of
NOSE AND abnormality ,by knowing
FUNCTIONS OF the normal anatomy and
NOSE physiology
(PHYSIOLOGY)
267
2. 4.18 SURGICAL LECTURE OPHTHAL Anatomy of facial nerve
ANATOMY OF CLASS MOLOGY in temporal bone
FACIAL NERVE
CAUSES OF Clinical features and
LMN TYPE OF management of bell’s
FACIAL NERVE palsy
PALSY
MANAGEMENT Causes f facial palsy
OF FACIAL
WEAKNESS
AND
PROTECTION
OF EYE
3. 4.3 ANATOMY OF LECTURE MEDICINE Blood supply of nose
LITTLE'S AREA, CLASS
WOODRUFF
PEXUS
CAUSES AND Causes of anterior and
MANAGEMENT posterior epistaxis
OF EPISTAXIS
Management of
epistaxis
4. 4.34 CLASSIFICATIO LECTURE OPHTHAL Classifications of
NS OF TUMORS CLASS MOLOGY tumors
OF NOSE AND
PNS
CLINICAL Etiopathogenesis
MANIFESTATIO clinical features and
NS INCLUDING management of Ca
ORBITAL Maxilla
INVOLVEMENT.
MANAGEMENT Should know about
OF MALIGNANT adenocarcinoma &
TUMORS OF adenoid cystic
MAXILLA carcinoma of nose and
paranasal sinuses

268
Indications,
contraindication &
complications of
Tonsillectomy
Different methods used
for tonsillectomy and
adenoidectomy
5. 4.47 DESCRIBE LECTURE PAEDIAT Definitions of stridor
CAUSES OF CLASS RIC and types &
AND Causes of Stridor
MANAGEMENT Management of stridor
OF STRIDOR IN –Medical and surgical
CHILDREN
6. 4.50 , INDICATIONS LECTURE SURGERY Definition and types
4.51 AND CLASS TRACHEOSTOMY
COMPLICATION Indications, procedure
OF and complications
TRACHEOSTOM Post Tracheostomy Care
YAND POST
OPERATIVE
CARE
7. 2.13 IDENTIFY , LECTURE Foreign body
RESUSCITATE CLASS Aerodigestive tract & its
AND MANAGE management
ENT Stridor & its
EMERGENCY management
CONDITIONS Acute invasive fungal
OPHTHAL sinusitis
MOLOGY

4. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS, REFERENCE BOOKS AND ATLAS

Text Books:

1. Logan Turner's Diseases of the Nose, Throat and Ear, Head and Neck Surgery
Edited BySMusheerHussain ,Edition11th Edition , ImprintCRC Press.

269
2. Mohan Bansal- Essential of Ear Nose & Throat – 1stedition ,Publishers- JayPee
Brothers Medical Publications.

3. Prof.K K Ramalingam – A short Practice of Otorhinolaryngology – 4th edition,


All India publishers and distributers

4. P.L Dhingra- Diseases of Ear ,Nose ,Throat and Head& Neck Surgery 6th Edition
Published by Elsevier, a Division of Reed Elsevier India Private Ltd.

5. K BBhargava – A Short book of ENT Diseases – 11th edition ,Publishers: Usha


Publication

6. Md. Maqbool Text book of Ear Noseand Throat diseases- 12th edition
,Publishers:JayPee Brothers Medical Publications

7. Hazarika P – Text book of Ear,NoseThroat and Head& Neck surgery clinical 4th
edition , Publisher: C B S Publishers

Reference books:
1. John c Watkinson Scott –Brown’s: Otorhinolaryngology & Head and Neck
Surgery 8th edition CRP Press, 3 Volume set
2. Flint, Cummings, Otorhinolaryngology & Head and Neck Surgery 6th Edition , 3
Volume set Elsevier Publication
Journals:
 Indian journal of Otolaryngology and Head & Neck Surgery.
 Journal of Laryngology & Otology
 Laryngoscope
Atlas books:
 Color Atlas On Temporal Bone Dissection: 1st Edition by Honnurappa, Jaypee
Brothers Medical Publishers
 Colour Atlas of Ear Disease: 2nd Edition by Richard A Chole ,JamesW.Forsen

***END***

270
OBSTETRICS & GYNAECOLOGY

1. GOALS:
● To groom a professional doctor who is ethically guided, clinically sound,
skilful, empathetic, oriented towards the needs of the community, an
inspiring leader and a good communicator.
● To stimulate the interest of the learner towards Obstetrics and Gynaecology
and make him/her understands the concepts as well as be able to apply
them in clinical setting.
● To hone the skills of the learner so as to gradually upgrade the knowledge of
science into the fine art of surgery.

2. OBJECTIVES
a. Knowledge:
● Understanding of the physiology of pregnancy, principles of diagnosis and
management of Obstetric complications.
● Ability to choose, calculate and administer appropriately intravenous
fluids, common drugs in pregnancy and labour, blood and blood products
based on the clinical condition.
● Ability to apply the principles of asepsis, sterilization, disinfection, rational
use of prophylaxis, therapeutic utilities of antibiotics and universal
precautions in surgical practice,
● Ability to recognize, resuscitate, stabilize and provide Basic & Advanced
Life Support to patients following Obstetric emergencies.
● Ability to administer informed consent and counsel patient prior to surgical
procedures in Obstetrics and Gynaecology, and to patients in Obstetric
shock.
● Commitment to advancement of quality and patient safety in surgical
practice.

271
b. Skill:
● Ability to obtain a thorough history from the patient,
● To perform a complete general physical examination of the patient,
● To perform obstetric examination in a pregnant woman and gynaecological
examination in a non-pregnant woman.
● Ability to write a detailed and accurate case sheet (Case record).

c. Integration:
● To deliver teaching that is aligned and integrated horizontally and vertically in order
to provide a sound biologic basis and a holistic approach to the care of the pregnant
and non-pregnant women.

3. TEACHING HOURS AND COURSE CONTENT


II. Teaching Hours
Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Theory
No Hours
1 Large group teaching 25
2 Small group teaching (SGT) : SGD/Tutorials/Seminars 35
3 Self-directed Learning( SDL) 05
TOTAL 65

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Practicals
No weeks
1 Bedside clinics 4
TOTAL

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method
No Hours
1 AETCOM
2 Skill Lab
TOTAL

272
III. Course Contents
14. THEORY (Large and small group teaching)

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Lecture (Large group) No. of


No. Number) core/ non-core competency Hours
1. OG 1.1 & 1.2 Demographic and vital 1 hour
statistics -- birth rate, Maternal mortality
and morbidity
Define and discuss perinatal mortality and
morbidity including perinatal and neonatal
mortality and morbidity audit

3. OG 8.7 Enumerate the indications for and 1


types of vaccination in pregnancy hour

4. OG 8.8 Enumerate the indications and 1


describe the investigations including the Hour
use of ultrasound in the initial assessment
and monitoring in pregnancy.
5.
OG 10.1 Define, classify and describe the
etiology, pathogenesis, clinical features,
ultrasonography, differential diagnosis and
management of antepartum hemorrhage.
1 hour

6. OG 13.2 Define; describe the causes, 1


pathophysiology, diagnosis, investigations hour
and management of preterm labor, PROM
and postdated pregnancy.

273
7. OG 15.1 Enumerate and describe the 3
indications and steps of common obstetric hours
procedures, technique and complication;
episiotomy, vacuum extraction,: low
forceps, caesarean section, assisted breech
delivery, external cephalic version, cervical
cerclage.

8. OG.18.3 Describe and discuss the diagnosis 1


of birth asphyxia hour

9. OG 19.1 Describe and discuss the 1


physiology of puerperium, its hour
complications, diagnosis and management,
counseling for contraception, puerperal
sterilization

10. OG 20.1 Enumerate the indications and 2


describe and discuss the legal aspects, hours
indications, methods for first and second
trimester MTP, complications and
management of complications of Medical
termination of pregnancy.

11. OG 21.1& 21.2 Describe and discuss the 3


temporary and permanent methods of hours
contraception, indications, techniques and
complications; selection of patients, side
effects and failure rate including OC pills,
male contraception, Emergency
contraception and IUCD. Enumerate the
indications of PPIUCD.

274
12. 1 hour
OG 24.1 Define, classify and discuss
abnormal uterine bleeding, its etiology,
clinical features, investigations, diagnosis
and management.

13. OG 25.1 Describe and discuss the causes of 1


primary and secondary amenorrhea, its hour
investigations and principles of
management.

14. OG.26.2 Describe the causes, prevention, 1


clinical features, principles of management hour
of genital injuries and fistulae.

15. OG 27.4 Describe and discuss the etiology, 1


pathology, clinical features, differential hour
diagnosis, Investigations, management and
long term implications of pelvic
inflammatory disease.

16. OG 29.1 Describe and discuss the etiology, 1


pathology clinical features; complications hour
of fibroid uterus.

17. OG 30.1 Describe and discuss the 1


etiopathogenesis, clinical features of PCOS. hour

18. OG 31.1 Describe and discuss the etiology, 1


classification and clinical diagnosis of hour
prolapse uterus

275
19. OG 33.1 Classify, describe, and discuss 1
etiology, pathology, clinical features, hour
staging of carcinoma cervix.

20. OG 34.1 Describe and discuss etiology, 1


pathology, staging clinical features, hours
differential diagnosis investigations,
staging laparotomy and principles of
management of endometrial cancer.

21. OG 34.2 Describe and discuss the etiology, 1


pathology, classification, staging and hours
clinical features of ovarian cancer.

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Small group No. of


No. core/ non-core competency teaching Hours
1. OG 9.3 Discuss the etiology, clinical features, 1
differential diagnosis of acute abdomen in hour
early pregnancy (with a focus on ectopic
pregnancy) and enumerate the principles of
medical and surgical management.

2. OG 9.4 Clinical features, laboratory 1


investigations, ultrasonography, differential hour
diagnosis, principles of management and
follow up of gestational trophoblastic
neoplasms

276
3. OG 10.2 & 16.1 Enumerate the indications 1 hour
and describe the appropriate use of blood
and blood products, use in postpartum
hemorrhage, their complications and
management.
ASSESSMENT- MCQ 1 hour
4. OG 12.7 Describe and discuss screening, risk 1 hour
factors, management of mother and newborn
with HIV.
5. OG 13.1 Enumerate and discuss the 1 hour
physiology of normal labor, mechanism of
labor in occiput anterior presentation,
monitoring of labor including partogram,
conduct of labor, pain relief, and principles of
Induction and acceleration of labor,
management of third stage of labor.

6. OG 14.2 Discuss the mechanism of normal 1 hour


labor. Define and describe obstructed labor,
its clinical features; prevention and
management.

7. OG 14.4 Describe and discuss the 1 hour


classification, diagnosis and management of
abnormal labor.

ASSESSMENT- MCQ 1 hour


8. OG 17.2 Counsel in a simulated environment 1 hour
care of breast , importance & technique of
breast feeding

277
9. OG 22.2 Describe and discuss the etiology 1 hour
with special emphasis on candida, T
vaginitis, bacterial vaginosis and syndromic
management.

ASSESSMENT-MCQ 1 hour
10. OG 28.1 Describe and discuss the common 1 hour
causes, pathogenesis, clinical features,
differential diagnosis, Investigations,
principles of management of infertility and
methods of tubal patency.

11. OG 33.3 Describe and demonstrate the 1 hour


screening for cervical cancer in simulated
environment.

12. OG 33.4 Enumerate methods of prevention of 1 hour


cancer of cervix including VIA, VILLI,
colposcopy.

ASSESSMENT-MCQ 1 hour
13. OG 34.4 Operative Gynecology: Understand 2 hours
and describe the technique and
complications: Dilatation & Curettage (D &C)
EA- ECC: Cervical biopsy: Abdominal
hysterectomy: myomectomy: surgery for
ovarian tumors; staging laparotomy;
hysteroscopy; management of postoperative
complications.

14. OG 13.4 Demonstrate the stages of normal 1 hour


labor in simulated environment/ manikin

278
15. OG 13.5 Observe and assist the conduct of a 1 hour
normal vaginal delivery

16. OG 12.1 Define, classify and describe the 1 hour


etiology and pathophysiology, early
detection, investigations, principles of
management of hypertensive disorders of
pregnancy and eclampsia, complications of
eclampsia.

ASSESSMENT=MCQ 1 hour
17. OG 40.1 Describe etiology, diagnosis and 2 hours
management of fever in pregnancy and its
impact on pregnancy (DENGUE, MALARIA,
and COVID-19).

ASSESSMENT-MCQ 1 hour

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Self-Directed No. of


No. core/ non-core competency Learning Hours
1. Classify, define and discuss the etiology and 1 hour
OG management of abortions including
9.1 threatened, incomplete, inevitable, missed and
septic abortions
2. Discuss the indications of MTP and the MTP 1 hour
OG act and methods of MTP.
20.1
3. Discuss the methods to prevent cancer cervix 1 hour
OG including primary and secondary prevention.
33.4
4. Describe and discuss the etiology with special 1 hour
OG emphasis on candida, T vaginitis, bacterial
279
22.2 vaginosis and syndromic management.

5. Describe and discuss the temporary and 1


OG permanent methods of contraception, hour
21.1 indications techniques and complications;
selection of patients, side effects and failure
rate including OC pills, male contraception,
Emergency contraception and IUCD.

15. PRACTICALS
g) Bedside Clinics:

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Bedside No. of


No. core/ non-core competency Clinics/DOAP Hours
1 OG 10.1 Define, classify & describe the wards 3
etiology, pathogenesis, clinical features, hours
ultrasonography, differential diagnosis and
management of antepartum hemorrhage

2. OG 10.2 Define, classify and describe the wards 3 hours


etiology and pathophysiology, early detection,
investigations, principles of management of
hypertensive disorders of pregnancy and
eclampsia ,complications of eclampsia

3. OG 17.2 Counsel in a simulated environment wards 1 hour


care of breast , importance & technique of
breast feeding

4. OG 19.1 Describe and discuss the physiology wards 1 hour


of puerperium, its complications, , counseling

280
for contraception, puerperal sterilization

5. OG 24.1 Define, classify and discuss abnormal wards 3 hours


uterine bleeding, its
etiology, clinical features, investigations,
diagnosis and management

6. OG 28.1 Describe and discuss the common wards 3 hours


causes, pathogenesis , clinical features,
differential diagnosis, Investigations, principles
of management of infertility -- methods of
tubal patency, ovulation induction, assisted
reproductive techniques.

7. OG 29.1 Describe and discuss the etiology, wards 3 hours


clinical features; complications of fibroid
uterus

8. OG 31.1 Describe and discuss the etiology, wards 3 hours


classification, clinical diagnosis,
investigations, principles of management and
preventive aspects of prolapse of uterus

9. OG 34.1 Describe and discuss etiology, wards 3 hours


pathology, staging clinical features ,
differential diagnosis investigations, staging
laparotomy and principles of management of
endometrial cancer

10. OG 34.2 Describe and discuss the etiology, wards 3 hours


pathology, classification, staging of ovarian
cancer, clinical features, differential diagnosis,

281
investigations, principal of management
including staging laparotomy.

11. OG 35.2 Arrive at a logical provisional wards 3 hours


diagnosis after examination

12. OG 8.4 Describe and demonstrate clinical Labor room 1 hour


monitoring of fetal and maternal well-being

13. OG 10.2 Enumerate the indications and Labor room 1 hour


describe the appropriate use of blood and
blood products, their complications and
management. Uses in PPH.

14. OG 13.1 Enumerate and discuss the physiology Labor room 2 hours
of normal labor, mechanism of labor in occiput
anterior presentation, monitoring of labor
including partogram, conduct of labor, pain
relief, principles of Induction and acceleration
of labor, management of third stage of labor

15. OG 13.2 Define, Describe the causes, diagnosis, Labor room 1 hour
investigations and management of preterm
labor, PROM and postdated pregnancy

16. OG 14.2 Discuss the mechanism of normal Labor room 2 hours


labor. Define and describe obstructed labor, its
clinical features; prevention and management.

17. OG 14.4 Describe and discuss the Labor room 1 hour


classification, diagnosis and management of
abnormal labor

282
18. OG 18.3 Describe and discuss the diagnosis of Labor room 1 hour
birth asphyxia

19. OG 20.1 Enumerate the indications and Labor room 1 hour


describe and discuss the legal aspects,
indications, methods for first and second
trimester MTP, complications and
management of complications of medical
termination of pregnancy.

20. OG 19.4 Enumerate the indications for OPD 2 hours


,Describe the steps in insertion and removal of
an intrauterine device in simulated
environment

21. OG 8.8 Enumerate the indications and describe OPD 1 hour


the investigations including the use of
ultrasound in the initial assessment and
monitoring in pregnancy.

22. OG 21.1 Describe and discuss the temporary OPD 2 hours


and permanent methods of contraception,
indications techniques and complications;
selection of patients, side effects and failure
rate including OC pills, male contraception,
Emergency contraception and IUCD.

23. OG 22.2 Describe and discuss the etiology with OPD 1 hour
special emphasis on candida, T vaginalis,
bacterial vaginosis and syndromic
management.

283
24. OG 15.1 Enumerate and describe the Operative theatre 3 hours
indications and steps of common obstetric
procedures, technique and complication;
episiotomy, vacuum extraction,: low forceps,
caesarean section, assisted breech delivery,
external cephalic version, cervical cerclage.

25. OG 18.3 Describe and discuss the diagnosis of Operative theatre 1 hour
birth asphyxia

26. OG 21.2 Describe and discuss PPIUCD Operative theatre 1 hour


programme.

27. OG 34.4 Operative Gynecology: Understand and Operative theatre 3 hours


describe the technique and complications:
Dilatation & Curettage (D &C) EA- ECC: Cervical
biopsy: Abdominal hysterectomy:
myomectomy: surgery for ovarian tumors;
staging laparotomy; hysteroscopy;
management of postoperative complications.

28. OG 19.3 Observe and Assist in performance of Operative theatre 1 hour


tubal ligation

h) Skill Lab:

Comp no. Competency No. Duration Number of


Description [ P] required Hours batches[number of
to certify students per batch]
Recognize nil 1 hour 7 to 10
OG 35.3
situations, which
284
call for urgent or
early treatment at
secondary and
tertiary centers
and make a prompt
referral of such
patients after
giving first aid or
emergency
treatment

Obtain a PAP nil 30 minutes 7 to 10


smear in a
OG 35.12 simulated
environment

Demonstrate the nil 1 hour 7 to 10


correct technique
to perform artificial
rupture of
OG 35.13 membranes in a
simulated/
supervised
environment

Demonstrate the nil 1 hour 7 to 10


correct technique
to perform and
suture episiotomy
OG 35.14
in a simulated/
supervised
environment

285
Organize antenatal, nil 1 hour 7 to 10
postnatal well-
OG 36.2 baby and family
welfare clinics

Demonstrate the nil 30 minutes 7 to 10


correct technique
of punch biopsy of
cervix in a
OG.36.3
simulated/
supervised
environment

Total 6 5 hours

i) Certifiable Skills:

Comp Competency Need for Skill No. Duration Number of


no. Description [ lab [yes/no] required hours batches[number
P] to certify of students per
batch]
OG Observe and At least 1 hour
37.1 assist in the one
performance
of a caesarean
section
1.
List any 5 no
Indications for
2. CS
Identify the
Instruments
for CS
3.
286
Assist/observe
5 CS and
document it
correctly in
the logbook

Observe/assist At least 1 hour


in the two
performance
OG of D/C ,at
no
37.4 least 2
procedures
and document

Observe/assist At least 1 hour


in Fractional One
OG curettage, EB,
no
37.5 ECC, at least 1
procedure

Observe/assist At least 1 hour


in at least 1 One
forceps, 1
OG
vacuum, 1 no
37.6
breech
delivery

Total

287
16. AETCOM AND SKILL LAB

Sl. No. Module AETCOM/Skill Lectur Small No. of Hours


Number Lab es group

1. The AETCOM 1 hour 3 hours 4 hours


foundations of
communicatio
n4

NOTE: The above table containing teaching hours assigned to different topics under large
and small group teaching may be used as a guide by the Institute.

7. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Eligibility criteria:
 Learners must secure at least 50% marks of total marks (combined in theory and
practical; not less than 40% marks in theory and practical separately) assigned for
internal assessment in order to be eligible for appearing at the University
examination.
 Student should get a minimum of 75% attendance in Theory and 80 % in Practical
classes to be eligible to appear for university examination.
 Learners must have completed the required certifiable competencies and
completed the log book.

FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT

THEORY INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:


 A minimum of 2 Internal Assessments (IAs) to be conducted
 One of the internal exams will be conducted like preliminary exams
 Learners who have not completed the required number of internal assessment
exams for genuine reasons will be given a chance of remediation
 Formative assessment marks shall be calculated based on scoring in written tests
and AETCOM modules.
 Formative assessment: based on day to day assessment of SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/
Tutorials/ Seminars/ Assignments [records of activities used for assessment to be
maintained by the department]
288
 Written exams will include MCQ’s[MCQs not exceeding 20%]/Structured Long Essay
Questions/Short essay questions/Short Answer questions
 30%of marks will be for higher order thinking
 Content under Noncore category cannot be assessed in Summative assessments.
However, the same can be assessed in Formative assessments.

The distribution of internal assessment marks shall be as mentioned below:

DEPARTMENT OF OBG
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 2 Phase 3-1 Phase 3-2 Final
THEORY
IA-1 IA-2 IA-3 IA-4 IA-5 IA-6 Total
Theory 30 25 30 25 50 75
Written MCQ 10 10 10 10 10 20
AETCOM* -- 05 -- 05 -- 05
Formative
assessment:
SDL/Class tests/
05 05 05 05 10 10
FA MCQs/ Tutorials/
Seminars/
Assignments
Logbook 05 05 05 05 10 10
Total 50 50 50 50 80 120 400
FINAL THEORY IA MARKS = 200 (final total divided by 2)
* To be included as a question in theory paper
IA-6 is Preliminary exam and hence to be conducted as two theory papers of 100 marks each,
and average of both papers is used for tabulation

289
Blue-printing of Internal assessments in OBG

Number of questions

BLUEPRINT IA-6
IA-1 IA-2* IA-3 IA-4* IA-5 Preliminary Exam*
Paper 1 Paper 2
MCQ
10 10 10 10 10 20 20
(1 mark each)
Structured Long
Essay 00 00 01 01 01 02 02
(10 marks each)
Short Essay
04 04 02 02 04 08 08
(5 marks each)
Short Answer
05 05 05 05 10 10 10
(2 marks each)
Total
40 40 40 40 60 100 100
(in marks)
*AETCOM should have a weightage of 5 marks

PRACTICAL INTERNAL ASSESSMENT


 Clinical end posting exams [EOP] will be conducted
 Viva/oral examination should assess approach to clinical context and included in
practical IA marks.

Practicals:

290
DEPARTMENT OF OBG
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 3-
Phase 2 Phase 3-2
1
PRACTICAL Total
4 weeks 4 weeks 8 weeks 4 weeks
EOP-1 EOP-2 EOP-3 EOP-4
Clinical skills
assessment
(OSCE/ Mini-CEX/ 30 30 70 70
EOP
Case presentation/
AETCOM)
Viva-voce/ AETCOM 10 10 10 10
Formative
assessment including 05 05 10 10
Others Clinical-Clerkship
Logbook/ Record
05 05 10 10
book
Total 50 50 100 100 300
#
FINAL EOP IA MARKS = 200 (final total multiplied by 0.66 and rounding it)
At least one EOP is to be conducted with OSCE as a part of it.
AETCOM may be included as an OSCE station or as a part of viva-voce during EOP, if it
needs to be assessed in practical (Refer competency booklet & AETCOM module)
Preliminary Examinations will include Bedside Clinical Examination which will mirror
the Summative University Examinations (Practical)

FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS WILL BE AVERAGE OF EOP# AND PRELIMINARY EXAM


(EQUAL WEIGHTAGE TO BOTH)

B. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:
Obstetrics and gynaecology is learnt and assessed during professional years [PY] 2 and
3 part 1, 3rd part 2. SA will be held at the end of 3rd professional year part 2.
291
Pass criteria:
 University Theory Exam – Student should secure at least 50% marks in theory to
pass.
 University Practical Exam – Student shall secure at least 50% marks (including Viva-
voce) to pass
 Student shall secure at least 50% of the total marks (combined in theory and
practical) assigned for internal assessment in order to be declared successful at the
final university of that subject.
 Internal assessment will appear as a separate head of passing at summative exams
 A candidate, who has not secured requisite aggregate in the internal assessment has
to successfully complete the remediation measures prescribed by the University as
the case may be prior to the declaration of his/her results in that particular phase.
Candidates who fail to meet prescribed 50% marks in internal assessment after
availing remedial measures will not be eligible for the university exams.

8. INTEGRATION:
.

Competency list for integration


SL Comp Competency to be nesting/ Integrating department
No. integrated sharing/ Horizon Vertical
aligning tal
/correlation

Enumerate the aligning Yes


indications and describe
OG 10.2 the appropriate use of Pathology

1 blood and blood products


, their complications and
management.

Describe and discuss the aligning Yes


2 OG 21.1 temporary and
permanent methods of P and SM
292
contraception,
indications ,techniques
and complications;
selection of patients, side
effects and failure rate
including OC pills, male
contraception,
Emergency contraception
and IUCD.
Describe and discuss the aligning Yes
etiology with special
emphasis on candida, T Microbiology
3 OG 22.2
vaginalis, bacterial
vaginosis and syndromic
management.
Describe etiology, aligning
diagnosis and Yes
management of fever in
4. OG 40.1 pregnancy and its impact General
on pregnancy (DENGUE, medicin
MALARIA, and COVID-19). e

293
9. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS, REFERENCE BOOKS AND ATLAS

Obstetrics :
1. Mudaliar & Menon, Clinical Obstetrics, Sarala Gopalan, Vanita Jain, 12th
edition, University Press.
2. Dutta D.C., Text book of Obstetrics 9th edition, Jaypee Publication.
3. Holland and Brews, Textbook of Obstetrics. 4th Edition, B. I. Publication, New
Delhi,
4. Williams Obstetrics — Cunningham, Bloom, Sponge, et al 25th edition, Mc Craw
Hill education Publication.
5. Fernando Arias Amarnath Bhinde, Savaratanum Arulkumaran et al 5th edition,
Elsevier publication.
6. Munrokerr’s operative obstetrics, Thomas F, Baskett Andrew, Savratanum
Arulkumaran, 12th edition, Bailliere Tindall, London.

Gynaecology:
1. Shaw’s A Text book of Gynaecology, Padubidri VG, Shirish N Daftary, 17th
edition, Elsevier publication
2. Dutta DC, Text book of Gynaecology, 8th edition,
3. Jeffcoate’s Principles of Gynaecology, Pratapkumar, Narendra Malhotra, 9th
edition, Jaypee publication.
4. Williams Gynaecology Hoffman, John, Joseph et al, 3rd edition, Mc Craw Hill
education Publication.
5. Shaw’s operative Gynaecology, Christopher Hudson, Marcus Setchell, 7th
edition, Elsevier publication.

***END***

294
GENERAL SURGERY

1. GOALS :

● To groom a professional doctor who is ethically guided, clinically


sound, skillful, empathetic, oriented towards the needs of the
community, an inspiring leader and a good communicator.
● To stimulate the interest of the learner towards surgical diseases and
to make him/her understand the concepts as well as be able to apply
them in clinical setting.
● To hone the skills of the learner so as to gradually upgrade the
knowledge of science into the fine art of surgery.

2. OBJECTIVES

 Knowledge :
● Understanding of the structural and functional basis, principles
of diagnosis and management of common surgical problems in
adults and children,
● Ability to choose, calculate and administer appropriately
intravenous fluids, electrolytes, blood and blood products based
on the clinical condition,
● Ability to apply the principles of asepsis, sterilization,
disinfection, rational use of prophylaxis, therapeutic utilities of
antibiotics and universal precautions in surgical practice,
● Ability to recognize, resuscitate, stabilize and provide Basic &
Advanced Life Support to patients following trauma,
● Ability to administer informed consent and counsel patient prior
to surgical procedures,
● Commitment to advancement of quality and patient safety in
surgical practice.

295
 Skill :
● Ability to obtain a thorough history from the patient,
● To perform a complete general physical examination of the patient,
● To perform local and systemic examination in a surgical patient.
● Ability to write a detailed and accurate case sheet (Case record).

 Integration :
● To deliver teaching that is aligned and integrated horizontally and vertically in
order to provide a sound biologic basis and a holistic approach to the care of
the surgical patient.

3. TEACHING HOURS AND COURSE CONTENT


IV. Teaching Hours
Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Theory
No Hours
1 Large group teaching 25
2 Small group teaching (SGT) : SGD/Tutorials/Seminars 35
3 Self-directed Learning( SDL) 05
TOTAL 65

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Practicals
No Hours
1 Bedside clinics 4
TOTAL

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method
No Hours
1 AETCOM
2 Skill Lab
TOTAL

296
V. Course contents
vi. THEORY
Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Large group No. of
No. core/ non-core competency teaching Hours=25
domain K LEVEL
K/KH,
1 Describe etiopathogenesis of oral cancer SU20.1 1
symptoms and signs of oropharyngeal cancer
2 Enumerate the appropriate investigations and SU20.2 1
discuss the Principles of treatment of
oropharyngeal cancer
3 Describe surgical anatomy of the salivary glands, SU21.1 1
pathology, and clinical presentation of disorders
of salivary glands
4 Enumerate the appropriate investigations and SU21.2 1
describe the Principles of treatment of disorders
of salivary glands
5 Describe the aetiology and classification of cleft SU19.1, SU19.2 2
lip and palate Describe the Principles of
reconstruction of cleft lip and palate.
7 Describe applied anatomy and appropriate SU 25.1, 1
investigations for breast disease
8 Describe the etiopathogenesis, clinical features SU 25.2 1
and principles of management of benign breast
disease including infections of the breast
9 Describe the etiopathogenesis, clinical features, SU25.3 2
Investigations and principles of treatment of
benign and malignant tumours of breast
11 Describe the applied anatomy and physiology of SU22.1 1
thyroid
12 Describe the etiopathogenesis of thyroidal SU22.2 3
swellings
13 Describe the clinical features, classification and SU22.4 2
principles of management of thyroid cancer
14 Describe the applied anatomy of parathyroid SU22.5 1

297
15 Describe and discuss the clinical features of SU22.6 1
hypo - and hyperparathyroidism and the
principles of their management
16 Describe the applied anatomy of adrenal glands. SU23.1,SU23.2 1
Describe the aetiology, clinical features and
principles of management of disorders of
adrenal gland
17 Describe the clinical features, principles of SU23.3 1
investigation and management of Adrenal
tumours
18 Describe the Principles of FIRST AID Describe the SU 17.1 SU17.3 1
Principles in management of mass casualties
19 Describe Pathophysiology, mechanism of head SU17.4,17.5,17. 1
injuries Describe clinical features for neurological 6
assessment and GCS in head injuries Chose
appropriate investigations and discuss the
principles of management of head injuries
20 Describe the pathophysiology of chest injuries. SU17.8 1
Describe the clinical features and principles of ,SU17.9
management of
Chest injuries.
21 Outline the role of surgery in the management of 1
SU26.1
coronary heart disease, valvular heart diseases
and congenital heart diseases

22 Describe the clinical features of mediastinal 1


SU26.3
diseases and the principles of management

298
Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Small group No. of
No. core/ non-core competency teaching Hours=35
domain K/S/A
Level
K/KH/S/SH,
1 Describe the steps and obtain informed SU10.2 AETCOM
consent in a simulated environment.
2 Demonstrate professionalism and empathy to SU8.2 AETCOM
the patient undergoing general surgery
3 Discuss medico-legal issues in surgical SU8.3 AETCOM
practice.
4 Hypovolemic shock SU2.1 &2.2 Tutorial
5 Septic shock SU2.1 &2.2 Tutorial
6 Post-operative surgery fluid management SU2.1 &2.2 Tutorial
7 Blood transfusion SU3.1 Tutorial

8 Clinical approach to a case of leg ulcer SU5.2 Clinical


oriented
discussion
9 Clinical approach to a case of peripheral SU27.1 Clinical
vascular disease oriented
discussion
10 DVT prophylaxis SU27.2 Tutorial
11 Clinical approach to a case of varicose veins SU27.6 Clinical
oriented
discussion
12 Counsel the patient and obtain informed SU25.4 AETCOM
consent for treatment of
malignant conditions of the breast
13 Clinical approach to breast lump SU25.1,2,3 Clinical
oriented
discussion
14 Management of carcinoma breast SU25.1,2,3 Tutorial

15 Clinical approach to neck swellings SU21.1 Clinical


oriented
299
discussion
16 Clinical approach to solitary nodule of thyroid SU22.2 Clinical
oriented
discussion
17 Management of thyrotoxicosis SU22.2 Tutorial

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Self-directed No. of


No. core/ non-core competency learning Hours=5
domain K/S/A
Level K/KH,
01 Carcinoma Breast SU25.1,25.2,25. 1
3
02 Neck Swelling SU21.1 1
03 Solitary Nodule Thyroid SU22.2 1
04 Thyrotoxicosis SU22.2 1
05 Thyroid Carcinoma SU22.4 1

17. PRACTICAL
Bedside
Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Clinics/DOAP No. of
No. core/ non-core competency domain K/S/A weeks=4
Level K/KH/S/SH,
Ulcer:
SU 5.2
1. Elicit, document and present a history in a
(CERTIFY)
patient presenting with wounds.
Swelling:
Describe and demonstrate the clinical Time as
examination of surgical patient including SU18.3 required
2.
swelling and order relevant investigation for (CERTIFY) during
diagnosis. Describe and discuss appropriate clinical
treatment plan. posting
Peripheral Vascular Disease :
Demonstrate the correct examination of the SU 27.2
3.
vascular system and enumerate and describe (CERTIFY in 3-1)
the investigation of vascular disease(ARTERY)
300
Varicose veins :
Demonstrate the correct examination of the SU 27.2 (CERTIFY
4
vascular system and enumerate and describe in 3-1)
the investigation of vascular disease (VEINS)
Lymph nodes :
Demonstrate the correct examination of the SU27.8(CERTIFY
5
Lymphatic system and enumerate and describe in 3-1)
the investigation of Lymph node enlargement
Hernia :
Demonstrate the correct technique to examine SU28.2(CERTIFY
6
the patient with hernia and identify different in 3-1)
types of hernias.
Scrotal swelling :
SU30.5,SU30.6(CE
Demonstrate the correct technique to examine
7 RTIFY in 3-1)
the patient with scrotal swelling and identify
ADD ALL CLINICS
different causes for scrotal swelling.
GOITRE:
Demonstrate and document the correct clinical
8 SU22.3
examination of thyroid swellings and discus the
differential diagnosis and their management
Breast Lump:
Demonstrate and document the correct clinical
9 SU25.5
examination of Breast lump and discus the
differential diagnosis and their management
MASS ABDOMEN:
Describe and demonstrate clinical examination
10 SU28.18
of abdomen. Order Relevant investigations.
Describe and discuss appropriate treatment plan
OBSTRUCTIVE JAUNDICE
Describe and demonstrate clinical examination
of a case of obstructive jaundice.
11 SU28.12
Order relevant investigations.
Describe and discuss appropriate treatment
plan

301
LIVER:
Demonstrate the correct technique of
examination of a patient with disorders of the
12 SU28.10
liver Order relevant investigations.
Describe and discuss appropriate treatment
plan
STOMACH MASS:
Demonstrate the correct technique of
examination of a patient with disorders of the
13 stomach . SU28.9
Order relevant investigations.
Describe and discuss appropriate treatment
plan
SPLENIC MASS
Demonstrate the correct technique of
14 examination of a patient with SPLENOMEGALY SU28.11
Order relevant investigations.
Describe and discuss appropriate treatment plan
RENAL MASS
Demonstrate the correct technique of
examination of a patient with RENAL MASS.
15 SU28.4
Order relevant investigations.
Describe and discuss appropriate treatment
plan

18. Skill lab

Number of
No.
Comp Duration batches[number
Competency Description [ P] required
no. hours of students per
to certify
batch]
Demonstrate the correct technique to palpate the
SU25.5 breast for breast 03 03 33
swelling in a mannequin or equivalent
Demonstrate a digital rectal examination of the
SU29.10 03 03 33
prostate in a mannequin or equivalent
302
Observation : common surgical procedures and
SU10.3 assist in minor surgical procedures; Observe 03 03 33
emergency lifesaving surgical procedures
Total 09 09 99-100

19. CERTIFICATION OF SKILLS:

Comp Competency Need for Skill No. Duration Number of


no. Description [ lab [yes/no] required hours batches[number
P] to of students per
certify batch]

Total

20. AETCOM

Sl. No. Module Number Lectures Small group No. of Hours


[hours] [hours]
AETCOM 5 hours

21. Clinical clerkship plan

UNIT-I UNIT-II UNIT-III UNIT-IV


MONDAY 10-11 am Discharge Case sheet Follow up
OPD case paper writing of cases
presentation writing

5-6 pm admitted
cases presentation

303
in casualty/pre op
evaluation
presentation

TUESDAY Post admission 10-11 am Discharge paper Case sheet


rounds OPD case writing writing
presentation/attend presentatio
ing Operation n
Theatre and writing
OT notes 5-6 pm
admitted
cases
presentatio
n in
casualty/pr
e op
evaluation
presentatio
n

Follow up of cases 10-11 am Discharge


WEDNESD Post OPD case paper
AY admission presentation writing
rounds
presentatio 5-6 pm admitted
n/ cases
attending presentation in
Operation casualty/pre op
Theatre evaluation
and writing presentation
OT notes

THURSDAY Follow up of cases Follow up Post admission


of cases rounds 10-11 am
presentation/att
304
ending OPD case
Operation presentati
Theatre and on
writing OT notes
5-6 pm
admitted
cases
presentati
on in
casualty/p
re op
evaluation
presentati
on
FRIDAY Case sheet writing Follow up Follow up of Post
of cases cases admission
rounds
presentati
on
/attending
Operation
Theatre
and
writing OT
notes

SATURDAY Discharge paper Case sheet Follow up of Follow up


writing writing cases of cases

305
22. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

Eligibility criteria:
 Learners must secure at least 50% marks of total marks (combined in theory and
practical; not less than 40% marks in theory and practical separately) assigned for
internal assessment in in order to be eligible for appearing at the University
examination.
 Student should get a minimum of 75% attendance in Theory and 80 % in Practical
classes to be eligible to appear for university examination.
 Learners must have completed the required certifiable competencies and
completed the log book.

D. FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT

THEORY INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:


THEORY INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:
 A minimum of 2 Internal Assessments (IAs) to be conducted
 One of the internal exams will be conducted like preliminary exams
 Learners who have not completed the required number of internal assessment
exams for genuine reasons will be given a chance of remediation
 Formative assessment marks shall be calculated based on scoring in written tests
and AETCOM modules.
 Formative assessment: based on day to day assessment of SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/
Tutorials/ Seminars/ Assignments [records of activities used for assessment to be
maintained by the department]
 Written exams will include MCQ’s[MCQs not exceeding 20%]/Structured Long Essay
Questions/Short essay questions/Short Answer questions
 30%of marks will be for higher order thinking
 Content under Noncore category cannot be assessed in Summative assessments.
However, the same can be assessed in Formative assessments.

306
DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL SURGERY
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 2 Phase 3-1 Phase 3-2 Final
THEORY
IA-1 IA-2 IA-3 IA-4 IA-5 IA-6 Total
#
Theory 30 25 30 25 75 75
Written MCQ 10 10 10 10 20 20
AETCOM* -- 05 -- 05 05 05
Formative
assessment:
SDL/Class
tests/ MCQs/ 05 05 05 10 10 10
FA
Tutorials/
Seminars/
Assignments
Logbook 05 05 05 10 10 10
Total 50 50 50 60 120 120 450
FINAL THEORY IA MARKS = 150 (final total divided by 3)
* To be included as a question in theory paper
# Pandemic module to be included in theory exam
IA-6 is Preliminary exam and hence to be conducted as two theory papers of 100 marks
each, and average of both papers is used for tabulation

307
DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL SURGERY
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 2 Phase 3-1 Phase 3-2
Final
PRACTICAL 4 weeks 4 weeks 8 weeks 4 weeks
Total
EOP-1 EOP-2 EOP-3 EOP-4
Clinical skills
assessment
(OSCE/ Mini-CEX/ 40 40 60 60
EOP Case presentation/
AETCOM)
Viva-voce (may
10 10 10 10
include AETCOM)
Formative
assessment
05 05 10 10
including Clinical-
Others
Clerkship
Logbook/ Record
05 05 10 10
book
Total 60 60 90 90 300
#
FINAL EOP IA MARKS = 150 (final total divided by 2)
At least one EOP is to be conducted with OSCE as a part of it
AETCOM may be included as an OSCE station or as a part of Viva-voce during EOP, if it
needs to be assessed in practical (Refer competency booklet & AETCOM module)
Preliminary Examinations will include Bedside Clinical Examination which will mirror
the Summative University Examinations (Practical)

FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS WILL BE AVERAGE OF EOP# AND PRELIMINARY EXAM


(EQUAL WEIGHTAGE TO BOTH)

308
Blue-printing of Internal assessments in General Surgery

Number of questions

BLUEPRINT IA-6
IA-1 IA-2* IA-3 IA-4* IA-5* Preliminary Exam*
Paper 1 Paper 2
MCQ
10 10 10 10 20 20 20
(1 mark each)
Structured Long
Essay 00 00 01 01 02 02 02
(10 marks each)
Short Essay
04 04 02 02 08 08 08
(5 marks each)
Short Answer
05 05 05 05 10 10 10
(2 marks each)
Total
40 40 40 40 100 100 100
(in marks)
*AETCOM should have a weightage of 5 marks

E. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:

General Surgery is learnt and assessed during professional years [PY] 2 and 3 part 1,
3rd part 2. SA will be held at the end of 3rd professional year part 2.
Surgical allied subjects will be evaluated in the second theory paper of Gen. Surgery.

Pass criteria:
 University Theory Exam – Student should secure at least 50% marks in theory to
pass.
 University Practical Exam – Student shall secure at least 50% marks (including Viva-
voce) to pass

309
 Student shall secure at least 50% of the total marks (combined in theory and
practical) assigned for internal assessment in order to be declared successful at the
final university of that subject.
 Internal assessment will appear as a separate head of passing at summative exams
 A candidate, who has not secured requisite aggregate in the internal assessment has
to successfully complete the remediation measures prescribed by the University.
Candidates who fail to meet prescribed 50% marks in internal assessment after
availing remedial measures will not be eligible for the university exams.

23. INTEGRATION:
.

Competency list for integration


SL Comp Competency to be integrated nesting/ Integrating
No. sharing/ department
aligning Hori Vertical
/correla zont
tion al

1 FM1.9 Describe the importance of documentation nesting Vertical


in medical practice in
regard to medicolegal examinations,
Medical Certificates and medicolegal
reports especially
–maintenance of patient case records,
discharge summary, prescribed registers to
be maintained in Health Centres.
-- maintenance of medico-legal register like
accident register.
-- documents of issuance of wound
certificate
-- documents of issuance of drunkenness
certificate.
-- documents of issuance of sickness and
fitness certificate.
-- documents for issuance of death
certificate.
310
-- documents of Medical Certification of
Cause of Death - Form
Number 4 and 4A
-- documents for estimation of age by
physical, dental and radiological
examination and issuance of certificate
2 FM3.9 Firearm injuries:Describe different types of nesting Vertical
firearms including
structure and components, along with
description of ammunition propellant
charge and mechanism of fire-arms,
different types of cartridges and bullets and
various terminology in relation of firearm
– caliber, range, choking.

311
24. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS, REFERENCE BOOKS AND ATLAS

Latest editions of the following books are recommended


THEORY PRACTICAL
Bailey & Love's Short Practice of
Surgery A Manual On Clinical Surgery
Authors : Norman Williams, P Ronan Author : S Das
O'Connell
Manipal Manual of Clinical Methods in Surgery:
Manipal Manual of Surgery
Differential Diagnosis and Clinical Discussion
Author : Dr. K. RajgopalShenoy
Author : Dr. AnithaShenoy and Dr. K.
RajgopalShenoy
SRB's Manual of Surgery SRB's Clinical Methods in Surgery
Author : Dr. Sri Ram Bhat Author : Dr. Sri Ram Bhat
Sabiston Textbook Of Surgery, The
Hamilton Bailey s Demonstrations of Physical
Biological Basis Of Surgical Practice
Signs in Clinical Surgery
Authors : R. Daniel Beauchamp MD, B.
Authors : Lumley
Mark Evers MD, Kenneth L. Mattox MD
Schwartz’s Principles of Surgery
Authors : F. Charles Brunicardi, Dana Bedside Clinics in Surgery
K. Andersen, Timothy R. Billiar, David Authors: Makhan Lal Saha
L. Dunn
A Textbook On Surgical Short Cases By Browse's Introduction to the Symptoms &
Das Signs of Surgical Disease
Author: S. Das Kevin G. Burnand ,John Black ,Steven A.
Corbett , William E.G. Thomas

***END***

312
ORTHOPEDICS AND TRAUMA

1. GOAL

Broad goal of teaching undergraduate medical students in Orthopedics and trauma is


to impart such knowledge and skills that may enable him to diagnose and treat
common ailments and to refer rare diseases or complications/ unusual manifestations
of common diseases, to the specialist.

2. OBJECTIVES

2.1 KNOWLEDGE and 2.2 SKILLS

At the end of the postings, the student shall be able


i. To recognize and assess bone injuries, dislocation and poly-trauma and
provide first contact care prior to appropriate referral,
ii. Know the medico-legal aspects of trauma,
iii. To recognize and manage common infections of bone and joints in the
primary care setting,
iv. Recognize common congenital, metabolic, neoplastic, degenerative and
inflammatory bone diseases and refer appropriately,
v. To perform simple orthopaedic techniques as applicable to a primary care
setting,
vi. To recommend rehabilitative services for common orthopaedic problems
across all ages.

2.3 ATTITUDE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS

At the end of the course, the learner shall be able to:


1. Communicate with the patient regarding the course, treatment plan and
prognosis of the disease.
2. Motivate patients with chronic diseases to adhere to the line of management
as outlined by the health care provider.
3. Follow the treatment guidelines and counsel the patient to adhere and
comply.
4. Respect patient’s privacy.

313
5. Maintain confidentiality.
6. Work in a healthcare team efficiently while respecting all its members.
7. Continuously strive for updating his/her own knowledge and skill.
8. To treat prolonged illnesses with regular follow-up, monitoring, proper
counseling and refer to higher centres if required.

2.4 INTEGRATION:
The teaching should be aligned and integrated horizontally and vertically with other
specialties in order to allow the student to understand the structural basis of
orthopaedic problems, their management and correlation with function, rehabilitation
and quality of life.

3. TEACHING HOURS AND COURSE CONTENT


A. Teaching Hours
Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Theory
No Hours
1 Large group teaching 15
2 Small group teaching (SGT) : SGD/Tutorials/Seminars 20
3 Self-directed Learning( SDL) 05
TOTAL 40

Sl. No.
Teaching Learning Method Practicals
No weeks
1 Bedside clinics/practicals 4 weeks
TOTAL

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method
No Hours
1 AETCOM 5
2 Skill Lab 3
TOTAL

314
B. Course Contents
I. THEORY (Large and small group teaching)

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Lecture No. of


No. core/ non-core competency (Large Hours
group)
(L)
1 OR2.1 Clavicle fracture L 1
OR2.2- Proximal humerus fracture
2 OR2.4- Fracture shaft humerus L 1
Fracture distal humerus
3 OR 2.7 -Fracture pelvis with emphasis on L 1
hemodynamic instability

4 OR 2.8 Fracture Cervical spine injuries L 1


5 OR 2.9 Acetabular Fracture L 1
6 OR2.11- Fracture distal femur L 1
Fracture Patella
7 OR2.13- Fracture both bone leg, Calcaneus L 1
8 OR2.13- Lisfranc injury and Talus fracture L 1
9 OR3.1- Tomsmith’s arthritis/Acute Osteomylities L 1
/ Subacutre Osteomylities
10 OR4.1- TB hip and Knee L 1
11 OR5.1- Inflammatory arthritis L 1
12 OR6.1- Cervical spondylosis, Lumbar spondylosis L 1
and Listhesis
13 OR7.1-Calcium metabolism and Osteoporosis and L 1
Rickets
14 OR 8.1- PPRP L 1
15 OR9.1-Cerebral Palsy L 1

315
Sl. Topic/ System : (With Level CORE/NO Small group No. of
No. Competency Number) core/ non- NCORE teaching Hours
core competency
1. OR1.1-Principles of pre-hospital K/KH CORE Integration 1
care and causality management of (General
trauma victim including principles surgery/Anaest
of triage hesiology)
2. OR1.2-Describe and discuss the K/KH CORE Integration 1
aetiopathogenesis, clinical (General
features, investigations, and surgery)
principles of management of
shock
3. OR1.3-Describe and discuss the K/KH/ CORE Integration 1
aetiopathogenesis, clinical SH (General
features, investigations, and surgery)
principles of management of soft
tissue injuries
4. OR1.4-Describe and discuss the K/KH CORE Integration 1
Principles of management of soft (General
tissue injuries surgery)
5. OR 1.5- Shoulder dislocation K/KH CORE Tutorial 1

6. OR1.5: Knee, Hip dislocation K/KH CORE Tutorial 1


7. OR1.6-Closed reduction of Knee KH CORE DOAP(Video) 1
/Hip/Shoulder dislocation
8. OR2.6- Distal radius fracture KH CORE Seminar 1
9. OR2.5- Forearm fracture KH CORE Tutorial 1
10. OR2.10-Proximal femur KH CORE Tutorial 1
fracture/IT/NOF
11. OR2.11- Proximal tibia fracture KH CORE Seminar 1
12. OR2.12-Fracture shaft femur in all KH CORE Tutorial 1
age groups /Fat embolism
13. OR3.1- Acute and Subacute KH CORE Integration 1
Osteomylities/ Septic arthrities (Patho +Micro)
14. OR3.2-a. Joint aspiration KH CORE DOAP (video) 1
b.Sequestrectomy/arthrotomy
316
15. OR4.1-TB Hip, TB knee KH CORE Integration 1
(Tutorial)
16. OR4.1-TB Spine KH CORE Seminar 1
17. OR 2.8- Spine injuries KH CORE Tutorial 1
18. OR2.14-Ankle Fractures KH CORE Tutorial 30
minut
es
19. OR2.18- KH CORE Seminar 1
Nonunion/Malunion/Delayed
union
20. OR2.16-Management of open tibia KH CORE Tutorial 30
fracture minut
es
21. OR7.1-Osteoporosis KH CORE Tutorial/Semin 1
ar

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Self Directed No. of


No. core/ non-core competency Learning Hours
1 OR2.8-Clinical examination of Spine and Bedside 1
neurological examination
2 OR11.1- Radial nerve anatomy, muscles Bedside 1
supplied and tests to identify redial nerve
injuries
3 OR11.1- Ulnar nerve surgical anatomy, muscles Bedside 1
supplied and tests to identify ulnar nerve
4 OR2.8-Neurogoenic bladder and nerve supplies Bedside 1
to bladder
5 OR2.4-Cubitus varus Bedside 1

II. PRACTICALS
a) Bedside Clinics:

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Bedside Clinics/DOAP No. of


No. core/ non-core competency Hours
1 OR1.6- Participate as a member in the team DOAP 3
for closed reduction of shoulder
317
dislocation/hip dislocation/knee dislocation
2 OR3.2-Participate as a member in team for DOAP 3
aspiration of joint under supervision
3 OR1.5-Examination of Hip Bedside Clinics 12
A. OR4.1-TB Hip
B. Coxa vara(Perthes SCFE)
C. OR12.1-CDH
D. OR2.10-Proximal femur fracture
4 OR1.5-Examination of Knee Bedside Clinics 6
A. OR4.1-TB knee
B. Ligament injury, Meniscus injuries

5 OR1.5- Examination of Shoulder Bedside Clinics 6


A. Shoulder dislocation
B. Rotator Cuff injuries

6 OR2.14-Examination of Ankle Bedside Clinics 6


A. OR11.1-Foot drop
B. OR12.1-CTEV
C. Flat foot

7 OR11.1-Peripheral Nerve injuries, Bedside Clinics 6


examination
A. Radial nerve
B. Median nerve
C. Ulnar nerve
8 OR2.4-Examination of Elbow joint, Wrist joint Bedside Clinics 6
A. Cubitus varus
B. Myositis /Stiff elbow
C. Malunited distal radius
D. OR11.1-Wrist drop
E. OR11.1-Hand regional condition
9 OR4.1- TB spine Bedside Clinics 6
10 OR2.15- Malunion, non-union, infection, Bedside Clinics 6
compartment syndrome
11 OR7.1-Rickets, paget’s disease Bedside Clinics 6
12 OR6.1-IVDP Bedside Clinics 6
318
b) Skill Lab:

Comp no. Competency No. Duration Number of


Description [ P] required hours batches[number of
to certify students per batch]
Participate in a team 2 2 hours 25 students per
for procedures in batch
patients and
demonstrating the
ability to perform on
mannequins/simulated
patients in the
following -:
OR13.1 A. Above elbow plaster
B. Below elbow plaster
C. Above knee plaster
D. Thomas splint
E. splinting for long
bone fractures
F. strapping for
shoulder and clavicle
trauma.
Compression bandage 2 1hour 25 students per
OR3.2
batch
Total

c. Certifiable Skills:

S.No Skill T-L Assessment & Grading Number of


Method batches[number of
students per batch]
OR13.1-Participate in Case OSCE/Viva 25 students per
a team for procedures discussion/ batch
1 in patients and Skill lab
demonstrating the
ability to perform on
319
mannequins/simulated
patients in the
following -:
G. Above elbow
plaster
H. Below elbow plaster
I. Above knee plaster
J. Thomas splint
K. splinting for long
bone fractures
strapping for shoulder
and clavicle trauma.
Compression bandage Skill lab OSCE/Viva 25 students per
2
batch

III. AETCOM AND SKILL LAB

Sl. No. Module Number AETCOM/S Lectures Small No. of


kill Lab group Hours
1 OR14.1- Demonstrate the AETCOM Case Small 1
ability to counsel patients discussion/D group
regarding prognosis in emonstration
patients with various
orthopedic illness like-
Fracture with disabilities,
fracture that require
prolonged bed stay, bone
tumours, congenital
disabilities
2 OR14.2-Demonstrate the AETCOM Case Small 1
ability to counsel patients to discussion/D group
obtain consents for various emonstration
orthopedic procedures like
limp amputation, permanent
fixations etc.

320
NOTE: The above table containing teaching hours assigned to different topics under large
and small group teaching may be used as a guide by the Institute.

4. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

Eligibility criteria:

 Learners must secure at least 50% marks of total marks (combined in theory and
practical; not less than 40% marks in theory and practical separately) assigned for
internal assessment in order to be eligible for appearing at the University
examination.
 Student should get a minimum of 75% attendance in Theory and 80 % in Practical
classes to be eligible to appear for university examination.
 Learners must have completed the required certifiable competencies and
completed the log book.

FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT

THEORY INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:


 A minimum of 2 Internal Assessments (IAs) to be conducted
 Learners who have not completed the required number of internal assessment
exams for genuine reasons will be given a chance of remediation
 Formative assessment marks shall be calculated based on scoring in written tests
and AETCOM modules.
 Formative assessment: based on day to day assessment of SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/
Tutorials/ Seminars/ Assignments [records of activities used for assessment to be
maintained by the department]
 Written exams will include MCQ’s[MCQs not exceeding 20%]/Structured Long Essay
Questions/Short essay questions/Short Answer questions
 30%of marks will be for higher order thinking
 Content under Noncore category cannot be assessed in Summative assessments.
However, the same can be assessed in Formative assessments.

321
The distribution of internal assessment marks shall be as mentioned below:

DEPARTMENT OF ORTHOPAEDICS
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 3-1 Phase 3-2 Final
THEORY
IA-1 IA-2 IA-3 Total
Theory 15 20 40
Written MCQ 10 10 15
AETCOM* -- -- 05
Formative
assessment:
SDL/Class tests/
-- 05 05
FA MCQs/ Tutorials/
Seminars/
Assignments
Logbook 05 05 05
Total 30 40 70 140
FINAL THEORY IA MARKS = 35 (final total divided by 4)
* To be included as a question in theory paper

Blue-printing of Internal assessments in Orthopedics


Number of questions
BLUEPRINT
IA-1 IA-2 IA-3*
MCQ
10 10 15
(1 mark each)
Structured Long Essay
00 00 01
(10 marks each)
Short Essay
01 02 03
(5 marks each)
Short Answer
05 05 10
(2 marks each)
Total
25 30 60
(in marks)
* AETCOM should have a weightage of 5 marks

322
PRACTICAL INTERNAL ASSESSMENT
 Clinical end posting exams [EOP] will be conducted
 Viva/oral examination should assess approach to clinical context and included
in practical IA marks.

Practicals:

DEPARTMENT OF ORTHOPAEDICS
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 2 Phase 3-1 Phase 3-2
Final
PRACTICAL 2 weeks 4 weeks 2 weeks
Total
EOP-1 EOP-2 EOP-3
Clinical skills
assessment
(OSCE/ Mini-CEX/ 20 50 20
EOP Case presentation/
AETCOM)
Viva-voce (may
05 10 10
include AETCOM)
Formative
05 05 05
assessment
Others
Logbook/ Record
-- 05 05
book
Total 30 70 40 140
FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS = 35 (final total divided by 4)
At least one EOP is to be conducted with OSCE as a part of it
AETCOM may be included as an OSCE station or as a part of viva-voce during EOP, if it
needs to be assessed in practical (Refer competency booklet & AETCOM module)

323
5. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:

Orthopaedics is learnt and assessed during professional years [PY] 2 and 3 part 1, 3rd
part 2. SA will be held at the end of 3 rd professional year part 2, as a part of General
surgery (Allied subject)

Pass criteria:
 University Theory Exam – Student should secure at least 50% marks in theory to
pass.
 University Practical Exam – Student shall secure at least 50% marks (including Viva-
voce) to pass
 Student shall secure at least 50% of the total marks (combined in theory and
practical) assigned for internal assessment in order to be declared successful at the
final university of that subject.
 Internal assessment will appear as a separate head of passing at summative exams
 A candidate, who has not secured requisite aggregate in the internal assessment has
to successfully complete the remediation measures prescribed by the University as
the case may be prior to the declaration of his/her results in that particular phase.
Candidates who fail to meet prescribed 50% marks in internal assessment after
availing remedial measures will not be eligible for the university exams.

6. INTEGRATION:
• May be conducted in the form of sharing/nesting/correlation using CBL/PBL/ Case
study approach and involving various departments concerned while preparing the
specific learning objectives of the integration topics.
• Department involved may be chosen according to the topic and may be conducted as
Horizontal/ Vertical form of integration as per the CBME document.

Competency list for integration


SL Comp Competency to be nesting/ sharing/ Integrating department
No. integrated aligning Horizontal Vertical
/correlation
Describe and discuss aligning
General
the Principles of pre- /correlation
1 OR1.1 Surgery/Anae
hospital care and
sthesiology
Casuality
324
management of a
trauma victim
including principles of
triage
Describe and discuss aligning
the aetiopathogenesis, /correlation
OR1.2 clinical features, General
2
investigations, and Surgery
principles of
management of shock
Describe and discuss aligning
the aetiopathogenesis, /correlation
clinical features,
General
3 OR1.3 investigations, and
Surgery
principles of
management of soft
tissue injuries
Describe and discuss aligning
the Principles of /correlation General
4 OR1.4
management of soft Surgery
tissue injuries
Describe and discuss aligning Patholo
the aetiopathogenesis, /correlation gy,
clinical features, Microbi
investigations and ology
principles of
management of Bone
and Joint infections a)
Acute Osteomyelitis b) General
5 OR3.1
Subacute surgery
osteomyelitis c) Acute
Suppurative arthritis
d) Septic arthritis &
HIV infection e)
Spirochaetal infection
f) Skeletal
Tuberculosis
325
Describe and discuss aligning Patholo
the clinical features, /correlation gy
Investigation and
principles of
management of General
6 OR4.1
Tuberculosis affecting surgery
major joints (Hip,
Knee) including cold
abcess and caries
spine
Describe and discuss aligning
the aetiopathogenesis, /correlation
clinical features,
investigations and General
7 OR5.1
principles of Medicine
management of
various inflammatory
disorder of joints
Describe and discuss aligning Patholo
the aetiopathogenesis, /correlation gy
clinical features,
investigations and
8 OR10.1 principles of
management of
benign and malignant
bone tumours and
pathological fractures
Describe and discuss aligning
the aetiopathogenesis, /correlation
clinical features,
investigations and General
principles of Medicine,
9 OR11.1
management of General
peripheral nerve surgery
injuries in diseases
like foot drop, wrist
drop, claw hand,
326
palsies of Radial,
Ulnar, Median, Lateral
Popliteal and Sciatic
Nerves
Participate as a aligning
member in team for /correlation
Resuscitation of
Polytrauma victim by
doing all of the
following : (a) I.V. Anaesthesiol
10 OR13.2
access central - ogy
peripheral (b) Bladder
catheterization (c)
Endotracheal
intubation (d)
Splintage

7. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS, REFERENCE BOOKS AND ATLAS

Text books:
1. Appleys System of orthopaedics and fractures
2. Adams’s Outline of orthopaedics
3. Adam’s Outline of fractures: including joint injuries

Reference books:
1 SM Tuli textbook of tuberculosis of the skeleton system
2 S. Das A manual of clinical Surgery
3 John Ebnezars textbook of orthopaedics
4 Maheshwari textbook of orthopaedics
5 Miller’s review of orthopaedics
6 AAOS Comprehensive orthopaedics review
7 Campbells Operative orthopaedics
8 Ronald McRae Clinical orthopaedic examination

***END***
327
RADIODIAGNOSIS

1. GOAL
The broad goal of teaching the undergraduate medical students in the field of Radio-
diagnosis should be aimed at making the students realize the basic need of various
radio diagnostic tools in medical practice. They shall be aware of the techniques to be
undertaken in different situations for the diagnosis of various ailments as wells as
during prognostic estimations.

2. OBJECTIVES

2.1 KNOWLEDGE
At the end of the course in Radio-diagnosis, the students should:
1. Understand basics of x-rays production, its uses and hazards.
2. Be aware of radiation hazards and protection with reference to self,
patient and the public.
3. Be familiar with various imaging techniques, their advantages and
disadvantages. Be aware of indications for common x-ray
investigations, know the indications for C.T. Scan and Ultrasound.
4. Appreciate and diagnose changes in bones – like fractures, infections,
tumors and metabolic bone diseases.
5. Identify and diagnose various radiological changes in disease
conditions of chest and mediastinum, Gastro intestinal tract,
Hepatobiliary system and Genito Urinary (G.U) system and central
nervous system.
6. Learn about various imaging techniques, including computerized
Tomography (C.T scan), Ultrasound with color Doppler, Magnetic
Resonance Imaging (M.R.I) and D.S.A.

2.2 SKILLS
At the end of the course the students shall be able to:
1. Use basic protective techniques during various imaging procedures.
2. Interpret common x-ray, radio-diagnostic techniques in various community
situations.
3. Advise appropriate diagnostic procedures in specialized circumstances to
appropriate specialists.
328
.2.3 ATTITUDE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS
At the end of the course, the learner shall be able to:
1. Communicate with the patient about the plan of investigation,
2. Communicate how much the investigation may or may not contribute to the
diagnosis [the sensitivity, specificity, positive and negative predictive
values]
3. Communicate about possible adverse health effects about the
investigation.
4. Respect patient’s autonomy
5. Follow the principles of beneficence, non-maleficence and justice
6. Maintain confidentiality.
7. Work in a healthcare team efficiently while respecting all its members.
8. To have the judgement not to harm the unborn child.

7.4 INTEGRATION:

The knowledge acquired in radiology should help the students to integrate and
correlate the diagnostic and prognostic imaging studies with clinical conditions
in health and disease

10. TEACHING HOURS AND COURSE CONTENT


J. Teaching Hours

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Theory
No Hours
1 Large group teaching 10
2 Small group teaching (SGT) : SGD/Tutorials/Seminars 08
3 Self-directed Learning( SDL) 02
TOTAL 20

Sl. No.
Teaching Learning Method Practicals
No weeks
1 Bedside clinics/practicals weeks
nil nil
TOTAL
329
Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method
No Hours
1 AETCOM 5
2 Skill Lab
TOTAL

K. Course Contents
2. THEORY (Large and small group teaching)

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) core/ Lecture No. of


No. non-core competency (Large group) Hours
1 RD1.3 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most
appropriate and cost effective method and
interpret findings in common conditions pertaining
to disorder of ENT
2 RD1.4 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most
appropriate and cost effective method and
interpret findings in common conditions pertaining
to disorder in Ob & Gy
3 RD1.5 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most
appropriate and cost effective method and
interpret findings in common conditions pertaining
to disorder in internal medicine
4 RD1.5 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most
appropriate and cost effective method and
interpret findings in common conditions pertaining
to disorder in internal medicine
5 RD1.6 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most
appropriate and cost effective method and
interpret findings in common conditions pertaining
to disorders in surgery

330
6 RD1.6 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most
appropriate and cost effective method and
interpret findings in common conditions pertaining
to disorders in surgery
7 RD1.7 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most
appropriate and cost effective method and
interpret findings in common conditions pertaining
to disorder in Pediatrics
8 RD1.8 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most
appropriate and cost effective method and
interpret findings in common conditions pertaining
to common malignancies
9 RD1.8 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most
appropriate and cost effective method and
interpret findings in common conditions pertaining
to common malignancies
10 RD1.9 Describe the role of Interventional Radiology 1
in common clinical conditions

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) core/ Small group No. of
No. non-core competency teaching Hours
1 RD1.3 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most
appropriate and cost effective method and
interpret findings in common conditions pertaining
to disorder of ENT
2 RD1.4 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most
appropriate and cost effective method and
interpret findings in common conditions pertaining
to disorder in Ob & Gy
3 RD1.4 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most
331
appropriate and cost effective method and
interpret findings in common conditions pertaining
to disorder in Ob & Gy
4 RD1.5 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most
appropriate and cost effective method and
interpret findings in common conditions pertaining
to disorder in internal medicine
5 RD1.6 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most
appropriate and cost effective method and
interpret findings in common conditions pertaining
to disorders in surgery
6 RD1.7 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most
appropriate and cost effective method and
interpret findings in common conditions pertaining
to disorder in Pediatrics
7 RD1.8 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most
appropriate and cost effective method and
interpret findings in common conditions pertaining
to common malignancies
8 RD1.9 Describe the role of Interventional Radiology 1
in common clinical conditions

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) core/ non- Self Directed No. of
No. core competency Learning Hours
1 RD1.5 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most appropriate
and cost effective method and interpret findings in
common conditions pertaining to disorder in internal
medicine
2 RD1.6 Enumerate indications for various common 1
radiological investigations, choose the most appropriate
and cost effective method and interpret findings in
common conditions pertaining to disorders in surgery
332
3. PRACTICALS
8. Bedside Clinics:

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Bedside Clinics/DOAP No.


No. Number) core/ non-core competency of
Hour
s

9. Skill Lab:

Comp no. Competency No. Duration Number of


Description [ P] required hours batches[number of
to certify students per batch]

Total

10. Certifiable Skills:

S.No Skill T-L Assessment & Grading Number of


Method batches[number of
students per batch]

NONE

333
4. AETCOM AND SKILL LAB

Sl. Module Number AETCOM/Skill Lab Lectures Small group No. of


No. Hours

NOTE: The above table containing teaching hours assigned to different topics under large
and small group teaching may be used as a guide by the Institute.
11. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Eligibility criteria:
 Learners must secure at least 50% marks of total marks (combined in theory and
practical; not less than 40% marks in theory and practical separately) assigned for
internal assessment in order to be eligible for appearing at the University
examination.
 Student should get a minimum of 75% attendance in Theory and 80 % in Practical
classes to be eligible to appear for university examination.
 Learners must have completed the required certifiable competencies and
completed the log book.
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT
THEORY INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:
 One theory IA will be conducted as detailed below in the table
 Learners who have not completed the required number of internal assessment
exams for genuine reasons will be given a chance of remediation
 Formative assessment marks shall be calculated based on scoring in written tests
and AETCOM modules.
 Formative assessment: based on day to day assessment of SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/
Tutorials/ Seminars/ Assignments [records of activities used for assessment to be
maintained by the department]
 Written exams will include MCQ’s[MCQs not exceeding 20%]/Structured Long Essay
Questions/Short essay questions/Short Answer questions
 30%of marks will be for higher order thinking
 Content under Noncore category cannot be assessed in Summative assessments.
However, the same can be assessed in Formative assessments.

The distribution of internal assessment marks shall be as mentioned below:

334
DEPARTMENT OF RADIODIAGNOSIS
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
THEORY Phase 3-1
Theory 20
Written
MCQ 10
Formative assessment:
SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/ Tutorials/ Seminars/ 05
FA
Assignments
Logbook 05
Total 40
FINAL THEORY IA MARKS = 04 (final total divided by 10)

Blue-printing of Theory Internal Assessment in Radiodiagnosis


Number of questions
MCQ (1 mark each) 10
Structured Long Essay
00
(10 marks each)
Short Essay
02
(5 marks each)
Short Answer
05
(2 marks each)
Total (in marks) 30

PRACTICAL INTERNAL ASSESSMENT


 Clinical end posting exams [EOP] will be conducted
 Viva/oral examination should assess approach to clinical context and included
in practical IA marks.

335
Practicals:

DEPARTMENT OF RADIODIAGNOSIS
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 2
PRACTICAL
2 weeks posting
Clinical skills assessment 20
EOP
Viva-voce 10
Formative assessment 05
Others
Logbook/ Record book 05
Total 40
FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS = 04 (final total divided by 10)

B. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:
Radiodiagnosis is learnt and assessed during professional years [PY] 2 and 3 part 1, 3rd
part 2. SA will be held at the end of 3rd professional year part 2, as a part of General
Surgery (Allied subject)

Pass criteria:
 University Theory Exam – Student should secure at least 50% marks in theory to
pass.
 University Practical Exam – Student shall secure at least 50% marks (including Viva-
voce) to pass
 Student shall secure at least 50% of the total marks (combined in theory and
practical) assigned for internal assessment in order to be declared successful at the
final university of that subject.
 Internal assessment will appear as a separate head of passing at summative exams
 A candidate, who has not secured requisite aggregate in the internal assessment has
to successfully complete the remediation measures prescribed by the University as
the case may be prior to the declaration of his/her results in that particular phase.
Candidates who fail to meet prescribed 50% marks in internal assessment after
availing remedial measures will not be eligible for the university exams.

336
11. INTEGRATION:
• May be conducted in the form of sharing/nesting/correlation using CBL/PBL/ Case
study approach and involving various departments concerned while preparing the
specific learning objectives of the integration topics.
• Department involved may be chosen according to the topic and may be conducted as
Horizontal/ Vertical form of integration as per the CBME document.

Competency list for integration


SL Comp Competency to nesting/ sharing/ Integrating department
No. be integrated aligning /correlation Horizontal Vertical

1
2
3

12. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS, REFERENCE BOOKS AND ATLAS

Text books (Latest edition of the following books):


1. Text book of Radiology and Imaging, David Sutton
2. Diagnostic Radiology – A text book of medical imaging, Grainger & Allison’s
3. CT & MRI of the whole body, John R Haaga & Daniel T. Boll
4. Aids to Radiological Differential Diagnosis, Chapman & Nakielny’s

***END***

337
ANAESTHESIA
01 GOAL
Broad goal of teaching undergraduate medical students in anaesthesia is to
understand the implications of pre-existing diseases in patients undergoing
anaesthesia, have knowledge regarding basic airway management and acute
resuscitation.

i. OBJECTIVES

2.1 KNOWLEDGE
i. Describe and discuss the pre-operative evaluation, assessing fitness for
surgery and the modifications in medications in relation to anaesthesia
/ surgery.
ii. Describe and discuss the roles of anaesthesiologist as a peri-operative
physician.
iii. Describe and discuss different techniques of anaesthesiology, including
regional anaesthesia, general anaesthesia and MAC.
iv. Review principles and teach skills in resuscitation.
v. Describe and discuss the management of acute and chronic pain,
including labour analgesia.

2.2 SKILLS
At the end of the postings, the student shall be able to
i. Demonstrate awareness about the maintenance of clear airway in
children and adults in various situations.
ii. Demonstrate awareness regarding starting a venous access- various
modalities- peripheral and central venous cannulation.
iii. Demonstrate the awareness and execution of Cardio-pulmonary
resuscitation.
iv. Choose cases for local / regional anaesthesia and demonstrate the
ability to administer the same.
v. Patient monitoring and various monitors used- ECG, SpO2, NIBP,
temperature monitoring.

338
2.3 ATTITUDE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS
At the end of the course, the learner shall be able to:
i. Communicate with the patient regarding the course, treatment plan and
prognosis of the disease.
ii. Respect patient’s privacy.
iii. Maintain confidentiality.
iv. Work in a healthcare team efficiently while respecting all its members.
v. Continually strive for updating his/her own knowledge and skill.
vi. Discuss the implications and obtain informed consent for various
procedures and to maintain the documents.

11.4 INTEGRATION:
The teaching should be aligned and integrated horizontally and vertically in
order to provide comprehensive care for patients undergoing various surgeries,
in patients with pain, in intensive care and in cardio respiratory emergencies.
Integration with the preclinical department of Anatomy, para- clinical
department of Pharmacology and horizontal integration with any/all surgical
specialities is proposed.

339
12. TEACHING HOURS AND COURSE CONTENT
A Teaching Hours

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method Theory
No Hours
1 Large group teaching 08
2 Small group teaching (SGT) : SGD/Tutorials/Seminars 10
3 Self-directed Learning( SDL) 02
TOTAL 20

Sl. No.
Teaching Learning Method Practicals
No weeks
1 Bedside clinics/practicals 1 week
TOTAL

Sl. No. of
Teaching Learning Method
No Hours
1 AETCOM 5
2 Skill Lab
TOTAL

B Course Contents
12.4.1 THEORY (Large and small group teaching)

Sl. Topic / System: (With Competency Number) Lecture No. of


No. core / non-core competency ( Large group) Hours
1 AS 1.1 – AS 1.5 Lecture 1 Hour
General introduction-
Evolution, Principle of Ethics
Prospects of Anaesthesiology as a career
2 PY 3.4 - PY 3.5 Lecture 1 Hour
Describe the neuromuscular junction &
transmission of impulses. Describe the action of
N – M – B asserts
3 AS 3.1 - AS 3.6 Lecture 1 Hour
Describe principles of Preoperative evaluation

340
including history taking, clinical examination,
documentation, Pre-op investigations,
medications & NPO guidelines
4 AS 4.1 & 4.3 Lecture 1 Hour
Describe & discuss the Pharmacology of drugs
used in induction & maintenance of general
anaesthesia ( IV, Intubation, Opiates, Non
opiates, NDMR, Anticholineterases).
Observe & describe the principles & the
practical aspects of induction & maintenance of
anaesthesia.
5 AS 4.2 Lecture 1 Hour
Describe the anatomy of airway and its
implications for general anaesthesia.
6 AS 5.1, AS 5.2, AS 5.5 Lecture 1 Hour
Describe the correlative anatomy of
subarachnoid & epidural spaces.
Indications & principles of regional anaesthesia
( CNB).
Steps involved in caudal epidural in children &
adults.
7 AS 7.1 – AS 7.2 Lecture 1 Hour
Enumerate & describe the functions of ICU.
Describe the criteria for admission & discharge
of patients to an ICU.
8 AS 8.1 – AS 8.5 Lecture 1 Hour
Describe the Anatomical correlates and
physiological principles of pain.
Determine the level, quality and quantity of pain
and its tolerance in patients.
Describe the Pharmacology & use of drugs in
the management of pain.
Describe the principles of pain management in
palliative care & terminally ill.

341
Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Small group teaching No. of
No. Number) core/ non-core competency Hours
1 AS 4.4 , AS 4.5 Small group Teaching 1 Hour
Monitoring & maintenance of vital organ
functions

2 AS 4.6 , AS 4.7 Small group Teaching 1 Hour


Day care anaesthesia & NORA

3 AS 5.3, AS 5.4, AS 5.6 Small group Teaching 1 Hour


Anatomy of Brachial plexus
Pharmacology of drugs used & adjuvants
Common blocks used in surgery

4 AS 6.1, AS 6.2, AS 6.3 Small group Teaching 1 Hour


PACU
Monitoring & resuscitation
Contents of crash cart
Equipment used
Common complications encountered in PACU,
recognition & management.

5 AS 7.3, OR 1.1 Small group Teaching 1 Hour


Head injury patient
Trauma patient – pre hospital care
Casualty management & triage

6 AS 9.3 , AS 9.4 Small group Teaching 1 Hour


Fluid Therapy in Pre –op period, blood & blood
products used in perioperative period

7 AS 10.1, AS 10.2 Small group Teaching 1 Hour


Hazards of incorrect positioning
Hazards in perioperative period steps taken &
prevent them

8 AS 10.3, AS 10.4 Small group Teaching 1 Hour


Communication in patient safety
Common medical & medication errors in
anaesthesia.
342
9 IM 24.11 – Aetiopathogenesis , Clinical Small group Teaching 1 Hour
presentation, identification, functional changes,
acute care, stabilization, management &
rehabilitation.

INTEGRATION
10 FM 2.19 – Investigation of anaesthetic, Small group Teaching 1 Hour
operative deaths.
Describe & discuss special protocols for
conduction of autopsy & for correction,
preservation & dispatch of related material
evidences.

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Self Directed No. of


No. core/ non-core competency Learning Hours
AS 3.1 to 3.6
AS 4.2

12.4.2 PRACTICALS
i. Bedside Clinics:

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Bedside No. of


No. core/ non-core competency Clinics/DOAP Hours
1 AS 2.1 Enumerate the indications, describe DOAP 3 Hrs
the steps in a simulated environment, Basic
Life Support in adult, children & neonates

2 AS 2.2 Enumerate the indications, describe DOAP 3 Hrs


the steps in a simulated environment, Advance
Life Support in adult &children

3 AS 9.1 Establish intravenous access in a DOAP 3 Hrs


simulated environment.
AS 9.2 Establish central venous access in a
simulated environment.

343
4 SU 17.10 (Integration with General Surgery) DOAP 3 Hrs
Demonstrate airway maintenance and
recognize and management of tension
pneumothorax, hemothorax and flail chest in
simulated environment.

5 AS 7.4 - Observe & describe the basic setup DOAP 3 Hrs


process of ventilators.
AS 7.5 - Observe & describe the principles of
monitoring in ICU.
6 End of the posting Examination

ii. Skill Lab:

Comp no. Competency No. Duration Number of


Description [ P] required hours batches[number of
to certify students per batch]

Total

iii. Certifiable Skills:

S.No Skill T-L Assessment & Grading Number of


Method batches[number of
students per batch]

344
12.4.3 AETCOM AND SKILL LAB
Sl. No. Module Number AETCOM/Skill Lab Lectures Small group No. of
Hours

NOTE: The above table containing teaching hours assigned to different topics under large
and small group teaching may be used as a guide by the Institute.

13. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

Eligibility criteria:
 Learners must secure at least 50% marks of total marks (combined in theory and
practical; not less than 40% marks in theory and practical separately) assigned for
internal assessment in order to be eligible for appearing at the University
examination.
 Student should get a minimum of 75% attendance in Theory and 80 % in Practical
classes to be eligible to appear for university examination.
 Learners must have completed the required certifiable competencies and
completed the log book.

A. FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT

THEORY INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:

 One Theory IA will be conducted as detailed in the table below


 Learners who have not completed the required number of internal assessment
exams for genuine reasons will be given a chance of remediation
 Formative assessment marks shall be calculated based on scoring in written tests
and AETCOM modules.
 Formative assessment: based on day to day assessment of SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/
Tutorials/ Seminars/ Assignments [records of activities used for assessment to be
maintained by the department]
 Written exams will include MCQ’s [MCQs not exceeding 20%]/Structured Long Essay
Questions/Short essay questions/Short Answer questions
 30%of marks will be for higher order thinking
 Content under Noncore category cannot be assessed in Summative assessments.
However, the same can be assessed in Formative assessments.

345
The distribution of internal assessment marks shall be as mentioned below:

DEPARTMENT OF ANAESTHESIA
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment

THEORY Phase 3-1

Theory 20
Written
MCQ 10
Formative assessment:
SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/ Tutorials/ Seminars/ 05
FA
Assignments
Logbook 05
Total 40
FINAL THEORY IA MARKS = 04 (final total divided by 10)

Blue-printing of Theory Internal Assessment in Anaesthesia

Number of questions
MCQ
10
(1 mark each)
Structured Long Essay
00
(10 marks each)
Short Essay
02
(5 marks each)
Short Answer
05
(2 marks each)
Total
30
(in marks)

PRACTICAL INTERNAL ASSESSMENT


 Clinical end posting exams [EOP] will be conducted
 Viva/oral examination should assess approach to clinical context and included in
practical IA marks.

346
Practicals:

DEPARTMENT OF ANAESTHESIA
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 2
PRACTICAL 2 weeks posting
Clinical skills assessment 20
EOP
Viva-voce 10
Formative assessment 05
Others
Logbook/ Record book 05
Total 40
FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS = 04 (final total divided by 10)

B. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:
Anaesthesia is learnt and assessed during professional years [PY] 2 and 3 part 1, 3 rd
part 2. SA will be held at the end of 3rd professional year part 2 as a part of General
Surgery (Allied subject)

Pass criteria:
 University Theory Exam – Student should secure at least 50% marks in theory to
pass.
 University Practical Exam – Student shall secure at least 50% marks (including Viva-
voce) to pass
 Student shall secure at least 50% of the total marks (combined in theory and
practical) assigned for internal assessment in order to be declared successful at the
final university of that subject.
 Internal assessment will appear as a separate head of passing at summative exams
 A candidate, who has not secured requisite aggregate in the internal assessment has
to successfully complete the remediation measures prescribed by the University as
the case may be prior to the declaration of his/her results in that particular phase.
Candidates who fail to meet prescribed 50% marks in internal assessment after
availing remedial measures will not be eligible for the university exams.

347
5. INTEGRATION:
• May be conducted in the form of sharing/nesting/correlation using CBL/PBL/ Case
study approach and involving various departments concerned while preparing the
specific learning objectives of the integration topics.
• Department involved may be chosen according to the topic and may be conducted as
Horizontal/ Vertical form of integration as per the CBME document.

Competency list for integration


SL Comp Competency to be nesting/ sharing/ Integrating department
No. integrated aligning /correlation Horizontal Vertical

1
2
3

6 RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS, REFERENCE BOOKS AND ATLAS

Text books:
5. Manual of Anaesthesia- A K Paul
6. Short textbook of Anaesthesia, 6th edition - Ajay Yadav
7. Lee’s Synopsis of Anaesthesia, 15th edition.

Reference books:
13.4.1.1 Miller’s Anaesthesia, 9th edition.
13.4.1.2 Morgan and Mikhail’s Clinical Anesthesiology- 6th edition.
13.4.1.3 Clinical Anaesthesia, 8th edition- Paul G Barash.

***END***

348
DENTISTRY

1. GOAL
The broad goal of teaching the undergraduate medical students in the field of Dentistry
should be aimed at making the students realize the basic need of knowledge of
dentistry in medical practice.

2. OBJECTIVES

2.1 KNOWLEDGE
At the end of the course in Dentistry, the students should:
 Have a basic idea of common dental problems, their aetio-
pathogenesis, clinical features, diagnosis and management.
 Know the complications of common dental ailments
 Be able to identify and know the management of complications of
dental problems

2.2 SKILLS
At the end of the course the students shall be able to:
 Identify common dental ailments
 Identify poor oral hygiene
 Perform a comprehensive oral and dental examination

2.3 ATTITUDE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS


At the end of the course, the learner shall be able to:
 Counsel patients regarding oral hygiene
 Counsel patients about common dental ailments

13.5 INTEGRATION:

The knowledge acquired in Dentistry should help the students to integrate and
correlate the diagnostic and prognostic imaging studies with clinical conditions
in health and disease

349
3. TEACHING HOURS AND COURSE CONTENT
L. Teaching Hours
Sl.
Teaching Learning Method Theory No. of Hours
No
1 Large group teaching 00
2 Small group teaching (SGT): SGD/Tutorials/Seminars 00
3 Self-directed Learning (SDL) 00
TOTAL 00

Sl.
Teaching Learning Method Practicals No. weeks
No
Bedside clinics/practical 1 week
TOTAL

Sl.
Teaching Learning Method No. of Hours
No
1 AETCOM --
2 Skill Lab --
TOTAL 00
M. Course Contents
5. THEORY (Large and small group teaching)

Sl. Topic/ System: (With Competency Number) core/ Lecture No. of


No. non-core competency (Large Hours
group)
1 --
2 --

Sl. Topic/ System : (With Competency Number) Small group No. of


No. core/ non-core competency teaching Hours
1 Dental Caries (DE 1.1, 1.2, 1.4) 01hr
2 Edentulous state (DE 2.1, 2.2, 2.4) 01hr
3 Malocclusion (DE 3.1, 3.2) 01hr
4 Oral cancer (DE 4.1, 4.2) 01hr
5 Periodontal diseases (DE 5.1, 5.2, 5.4) 01hr

350
Sl. Topic/ System: (With Competency Self-Directed No. of
No. Number) core/ non-core competency Learning Hours
1 --
2 --

6. PRACTICALS
7. Bedside Clinics:

Sl. Topic/ System: (With Competency Number) Bedside No. of


No. core/ non-core competency Clinics/DOAP Hours
Identification, examination and counselling Bedside Clinics 2hrs
1
of a patient with Dental caries (DE 1.3, 1.5) + DOAP
Identification, examination and counselling Bedside Clinics 2hrs
2
of a patient with oral cancer (DE 4.3, 4.4) + DOAP
Identification, examination and counselling 2hrs
Bedside Clinics
3 of a patient with missing teeth / Teeth
+ DOAP
restoration (DE 2.3, 2.5)
Identification, examination and counselling Bedside Clinics 2hrs
4
of a patient with malocclusion (DE 3.3, 3.4) + DOAP
Identification, examination and counselling 2hrs
Bedside Clinics
5 of a patient with periodontal diseases (DE
+ DOAP
5.3, 5.5)

8. Skill Lab:

Comp Competency No. Duration Number of


no. Description [ P] required hours batches[number of
to certify students per batch]

NOT APPLLICABLE

Total --

351
9. Certifiable Skills:

S.No Skill T-L Assessment & Grading Number of


Method batches[number of
students per batch]

NONE

10. AETCOM AND SKILL LAB

Sl. No. Module Number AETCOM/Skill Lab Lectures Small group No. of
Hours
-- -- -- -- -- --

NOTE: The above table containing teaching hours assigned to different topics under large
and small group teaching may be used as a guide by the Institute.

14. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

Eligibility criteria:
 Learners must secure at least 50% marks of total marks (combined in theory
and practical; not less than 40% marks in theory and practical separately)
assigned for internal assessment in order to be eligible for appearing at the
University examination.
 Student should get a minimum of 75% attendance in Theory and 80 % in
Practical classes to be eligible to appear for university examination.
 Learners must have completed the required certifiable competencies and
completed the log book.

FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT

THEORY INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:


 One Theory IA will be conducted as detailed in the table below

352
 Learners who have not completed the required number of internal assessment
exams for genuine reasons will be given a chance of remediation
 Formative assessment marks shall be calculated based on scoring in written
tests and AETCOM modules.
 Formative assessment: based on day-to-day assessment of SDL/Class tests/
MCQs/ Tutorials/ Seminars/ Assignments [records of activities used for
assessment to be maintained by the department]
 Written exams will include MCQ’s [MCQs not exceeding 20%]/Structured Long
Essay Questions/Short essay questions/Short Answer questions
 30%of marks will be for higher order thinking
 Content under Noncore category cannot be assessed in Summative
assessments. However, the same can be assessed in Formative assessments.

The distribution of internal assessment marks shall be as mentioned below:

DEPARTMENT OF DENTISTRY
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
THEORY Phase 3-1

Theory 20
Written
MCQ 10
Formative assessment:
SDL/Class tests/ MCQs/ Tutorials/ Seminars/ 05
FA
Assignments
Logbook 05
Total 40
FINAL THEORY IA MARKS = 04 (final total divided by 10)

353
Blue-printing of Theory Internal Assessment in Dentistry

Number of questions
MCQ
10
(1 mark each)
Structured Long Essay
00
(10 marks each)
Short Essay
02
(5 marks each)
Short Answer
05
(2 marks each)
Total
30
(in marks)

PRACTICAL INTERNAL ASSESSMENT


 Clinical end posting exams [EOP] will be conducted
 Viva/oral examination should assess approach to clinical context and included
in practical IA marks.

Practicals:

DEPARTMENT OF DENTISTRY
Integrated phase-wise Internal Assessment
Phase 3-1
PRACTICAL
1 week posting
Clinical skills assessment 20
EOP
Viva-voce 10
Formative assessment 05
Others
Logbook/ Record book 05
Total 40
FINAL PRACTICAL IA MARKS = 04 (final total divided by 10)

354
C. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:

Dentistry is learnt and assessed during professional years [PY] 2 and 3 part 1, 3 rd part
2. SA will be held at the end of 3rd professional year part 2 as a part od Surgery (Allied
subject)

Pass criteria:
 No separate pass criteria for Dentistry, however the ones applicable to Surgery will
apply (Given Below)
 University Theory Exam – Student should secure at least 50% marks in theory to
pass.
 University Practical Exam – Student shall secure at least 50% marks (including
Viva-voce) to pass
 Student shall secure at least 50% of the total marks (combined in theory and
practical) assigned for internal assessment in order to be declared successful at
the final university of that subject.
 Internal assessment will appear as a separate head of passing at summative
exams
 A candidate, who has not secured requisite aggregate in the internal assessment
has to successfully complete the remediation measures prescribed by the
University as the case may be prior to the declaration of his/her results in that
particular phase. Candidates who fail to meet prescribed 50% marks in internal
assessment after availing remedial measures will not be eligible for the university
exams.

4. INTEGRATION:
 May be conducted in the form of sharing/nesting/correlation using
CBL/PBL/ Case study approach and involving various departments
concerned while preparing the specific learning objectives of the
integration topics.
 Department involved may be chosen according to the topic and may be
conducted as Horizontal/ Vertical form of integration as per the CBME
document.

355
Competency list for integration
SL Comp Competency to be nesting/ sharing/ Integrating department
No. integrated aligning Horizontal Vertical
/correlation

NOT APPLICABLE

5. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS, REFERENCE BOOKS AND ATLAS

Text books:
1. Operative dentistry by Vimal sikri 2nd edition
2. Text book of Oral Medicine . Burket 11th edition
3. Text book of prosthodontics .Nallaswamy 2nd edition
4. Orthodontics Art and science . S I Bhalajhi 7th edition
5. Caranzas clinical Periodontology Third south Asian edition

***END***

356

You might also like